动词的语态及主谓一致的原则

2005年卫生类C级阅读理解部分文章 From saving money

(Where you save your money depends on what you are saving for). (1)If you are saving to buy a CD(光盘) or go to a concert, then probably you would keep your money somewhere in your room.

(2)When you keep your money in a bank, your money earns interest. „(3)The bank uses your money to loan money to people and business.

(4)The bank will send you a statement several times a year. (5)A bank statement tells you how much money you have in your bank.

这篇文章的基调事态是一般现在时态, 用于对文章的主题”存钱”进行客观的讲述, 客观的分析在现在的生活中如何存钱.文章中句子的时态, 无论是主句时态还是从句时态一般都与现在时态相关 要点回顾:

主句和从句时态一致性;

文章中相临语句时态通常彼此呼应, 一致;

英语中的动词语态是用来说明句中主语与谓语之间关系的动词形式。英语语态有两种:主动语态(Active Voice)和被动语态(Passive Voice)。主动语态表示主语是谓语动作的执行者,被动语态表示主语是谓语动作的承受者。我们在实际应用中经常会碰到被动语态的句子，如：

理工类from Please Fasten Your Seatbelt

“laser pulses are sent ahead of the plane and these are then reflected back by particles in the air.” 被动语态的结构在职称英语的文章中, 甚至在考题中出现的频率都较高, 如: 2005年理工类阅读判断文章The Smog

But smog is not just an Asian problem. In fact, the word was first used in London in 1905 to describe the mixture of smoke and thick fog. „ Sometimes the smog was so thick and poisonous that people were killed by breathing problems or in accidents.

在文章后面的问题中被动语态也是频繁地被使用, 如:The Smog这篇文章后面的第6题: 6. The forest animals haven’t been affected by the smog. 如:阅读理解Pushbike Danger后的第2题:

2. How many abdominal injuries in children were caused by bicycle accidents?

在2005年理工C的考题中还有其他不少地方出现了被动语态的结构, 从上面的例子中我们可以了解到: 1. 英语中被动语态的基本结构是: be + v.ed

2. “be + v.ed”这个结构相当于中文中的“被”，“受到”等含义。

3. 英语中的被动语态会有不同的时态表现形式，如：is caused; was caused; has been caused; had been caused等。 绝大多数的及物动词和及物动词短语都可构成被动语态。不及物动词或不及物动词的短语动词和表示状态的词无被动语态。 “主谓一致”(“主语和谓语人称和数一致性的原则”)的原则具体来说就是“主语的人称和数决定了谓语部分动词的形态”，我们刚才看到的那些句子中主语和谓语之间的关系也是受到主谓一致性的影响：

Where you save your money depends on what you are saving for. (1)If you are saving to buy a CD(光盘) or go to a concert, then probably you would keep your money somewhere in your room.

(2)When you keep your money in a bank, your money earns interest. „(3)The bank uses your money to loan money to people and business.

(4)The bank will send you a statement several times a year. (5)A bank statement tells you how much money you have in your bank.

在以往的职称英语考题中“主谓一致”这个考点会直接在完型填空题中出现。从近几年的职称英语考题来看—完型填空题把主要考察重点放在词汇/短语的词义辨析，词汇/短语的拼写形式的辨别， 和词汇/短语的搭配使用特点上。对“主谓一致”考察通常是间接地进行的, 最常见的就是考察对文章中结构较为复杂的句子句意的理解, 如:2005年理工类C级阅读理解的文章: (Almost Human??)

Machines that walk, speak and feel are no longer science fiction. 被动语态结构 Ⅰ、被动语态的形式

被动语态是由be (助动词)+过去分词(及物动词)构成。be随主语的人称、时态和数的不同而变化。现将被动语态的各种时态形式列表如下(以provide为例) 一般时态 进行时态 am being provided is being provided are being provided was being provided were being provided shall have been provided will have been provided should have been provided would have been provided had been provided 完成时态 has been provided have been provided 现在 am provided is provided are provided 过去 was provided were provided 将来 shall be provided will be provided 过去将should be provided 来 would be provided 黑体结构是在职称英语考试中常出现的结构。 注： ① 在美语中,will和would可用于各种人称。 ② 被动语态的一般疑问句和否定句的构成:构成一般疑问句时,将主语后的第一个助动词提至句首; 构成否定句时,将not加在第一个助动词后。例如: Natural gas has been found in this area. (肯定句) Has natural gas been found in this area? (疑问句) Natural gas has not been found in this area. (否定句) ③ 带有情态动词的被动语态的构成:由情态动词can, may, must等加助动词be,再加过去分词构成。这些情态动词没有人称和数的变化。如： Such shops can be seen everywhere in the city. The composition must be finished next week. Ⅱ、主动句转换为被动句： 主动句变为被动句是通过这样转换而实现的: 1.把主动句的宾语转换为被动句的主语; 2.把主动句的谓语换成被动语态; 3.把主动句的主语前加by构成短语,放在被动语态的谓语之后。此by„短语根据需要而定，有时可以省略。 如： We use coal to heat homes. 动作执行者(主语) 谓语 宾语(动作承受者) 状语 Coal is used by us to heat homes. 动作承受者 谓语 动作执行者 状语 注： ① 带有介词或副词的短语动词，如call on, carry out, look after, take care of等用被动语态时,应视为不可分割的一部分,后面的介饲或副词不能丢掉,如: 主动句：Grandma looks after my younger brother well. 被动句：My younger brother is well looked after (by my grandma). 接下来我们一块来分析几个选自《职称英语等级考试用书》上的句子： 1. Cement was seldom used in building during the Middle Ages. (From Dyslexia ) 2. Dyslexia first was recognized in Europe and the United States more than 80 years ago. 3 However, research has shown that dyslexia is more common in males than in females, and it is found more often in persons who are left-handed. 主谓一致原则 主谓一致是指句中的主语和谓语的一致。我们一般遵从三个原则： 1、 语法一致的原则： 语法一致的原则是指主语为单数或复数时，其谓语动词要与其相呼应。但我们要注意一些特殊情况; 1) 以along with, together with, as well as, accompanied by, rather than, but, except连接的两个主语，其谓语的单复数以第一个主语为主。

e.g. Several passengers, together with the driver, were hurt. e.g. All students but/except Tom are going to see the film.

e.g. It is Mary rather than her students who is leaving for Beijing.

2) 表示时间，重量，长度，价格等的复数名词，作主语从整体来看时，谓语动词用单数。 e.g. Fifty years is not a long time.

3) 非谓语动词，从句或其他短语作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。 e.g. To eat an apple every day is healthful. e.g. What I want to know is when I could go home.

4) 如果主语是由and连接的两个单数名词，但前面有each, every, no等词修饰时，谓语用单数 e.g. Every boy and girl in this region is taught to read and write. 2、 意义一致的原则：

意义一致的原则指谓语动词的单复数取决于主语所表达的概念，而不取决于表面的语法标志，主要表现为某些集体名词后可跟动词单数或复数。如果这些集体名词指整体概念时，谓语动词用单数;指具体成员时用复数。类似这样的集体名词有：family, class, audience, committee, crowd, crew, group, population, team, public, council, village等。 e.g. His family has lived there for more than twenty years.。 e.g. My family are all well.

e.g. The public/ the crowd is the best judge. 3、 就近原则：

所谓就近原则是指谓语动词单复数取决于离它最近的词语，而无须考虑其他的词。

1) 以either„or, or, neither„nor和not only„but also连接的两个主语，其谓语的单复数形式应与离谓语最近的主语保持一致。

e.g. Either you or he has to go there with me.

2) 由there或here引起的主语，而又不止是一个时，采取就近原则。 e.g. Here is a pen, a few envelopes and some paper for you.

对于“主谓语一致”原则的直接考察一般是出自于完型填空题中，但现在职称英语出题的趋势是对这种语法点的直接考察题越来越少了，但这种原则的理解却能帮助我们解答一些文章阅读方面的问题。如：2002年综合类A级阅读理解第3篇文章：Effects of Environmental Pollution 一文中有这样一道题：

The word \"spectres\" in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to A. pollution

B. carbon dioxide二氧化物 C. aerosols D. ghosts

D. 分析: 文章相关句是：Two spectres haunting conservationists have hold: the prospect前途;形势that environmental pollution might lead to the planet's becoming unbearably hot or cold.该句中的two以及谓语结构 have been都说明\"spectres\"是可数的复述名词，所以可以直接排除A和B, 答案只能出字C和D, 现在有两个方法继续解题: 1. 借助字典, 查出\"spectres\"是“幽灵;鬼影”， C和D中只有D是“鬼，幽灵”，因此D是答案; 2。 借助句意或避重就轻借助上下文：接下来的一句说：One of these ghosts has now been laid, because it seems that even an increase in the amount of „,句子中的these ghosts(这些幽灵)表明这个短语的内容与前句中的相关内容(复数名词)呼应, 前句中的中的复数名词只有Two spectres 和conservationists(自然资源保护论者), 因此判断Two spectres和these ghosts呼应, 所以答案是D. 该题考察代词的指代内容. 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

benefit n.利益, 好处, v.有益于, 有助于, (常与from, by连用)获益;得益于(for the benefit of/为了...的好处); beside prep.在„旁边(beside the point/离题; beside oneself/几乎发狂);

besides prep. 除„以外adv. 此外, 而且 ( besides 和except 都含“除...外”的意思。besides指“除...外, 另外还有”, 着重“另外还有”, 如:I have five other books besides this.除这本以外, 我还有五本别的书。except的含意是“从整体里减去一部分”, 着重于“排除在外”, 如:We all went there except Xiao Li.除了小李以外, 我们都到那儿去 )

best (good 的最高级; well 的最高级) adj.最好的adv.最好地,n 最好的东西(try/do one's best to do sth./尽最大的努力做..; the best and the worst最好的和最差的; make the best of/ 尽量利用; at best/至多)

better (good 的比较级; well 的比较级)adj.较好的，更好的，(健康)好转的adv.更好地,更多地 (Better late than never.(谚)迟做总比不做好; had better do sth. 最好做..; had better not to so sth. /最好不做..);

between prep. 在(两者)之间; 处在...之间 (between一般用于两者之间，而 among用于二者以上) beyond prep. [表示位置]在[向]...的那边, 在...之外; [表示范围, 限度]超出 bicycle n. 自行车 (ride a bicycle/骑自行车) big (bigger, biggest) adj.大的, 重要的

bill n. 帐单, 钞票(a 10-dollar bill/一张10美元的钞票; pay the bill for../ 付..的帐单) billion n. adj.十亿(的)

bind (bound, bound) v. 捆, 绑, 缚, 扎, (用绷带)包扎(up), 约束, 使粘合(bind up a wound/包扎伤口) biological adj. 生物学，生物学的;

bird n. 鸟(birds of a feather/同类的人;一丘之貉 kill 2 birds with one stone/一举两得，一箭双雕); birth n. 出生，诞生，起源(give birth to/生育, 引起) birthday n. 生日;

bit (bite 的过去式和过去分词) n.小块;少许(a bit (of)/ 有点;稍微; bit by bit/渐渐，一点一点); bitter adj. 苦的，痛苦的 black adj. 黑色的;弄脏了的

blame v.指责，归咎把(某事)责任归于„(blame sb. for sth. /因某事责备某人); blank adj. 空白的，空着的;没有表情的 n. 空白，[美] 表格; blind adj. 瞎的，盲目的(turn a blind eye (to)/不去注意..); block n. 木块;石块;街区(a block of rock/一块石头)

blood n. 血，血液; (Blood is thicker than water. /血浓于水。 bloody adj. 血腥的;有血的;

(B级)bloom n. 花;旺盛 v. (使)开花;(使)繁盛， (come into bloom/开花); blow: v. (风)吹, 喘气;吹气, (轮胎等)爆炸 blue n. 蓝色;adj. 蓝色的;

board n. 木板;(供特殊用途的)木板;部(on board/在船上;在公共交通工具内a board of directors/董事会); boat: n. 船

body n. 身体;尸体;主要部分;(with body and soul/全心全意); 相关词汇练习题: (CET-4, 2000.1)

1. We take our skin for granted until it is burned ___ repair. A. beyond B. for C. without D. under

1. A. 分析: 根据句意“我们一直认为我们的皮肤不会出问题，直到它被烧伤，„修复”， 判断A(超过了„的范围). leave [sail] for London 动身[坐船]到伦敦去 have a liking for music 爱好音乐 a house for rent 〔美国〕房屋出租 without taking leave 假也不请(就„) under a tree 在树下

under medical treatment 在治疗中 take sth. for granted: 认为„不会出问题 (变形于考研, 1994)

2. When confronted with such questions, my mind goes empty, and I can hardly remember my own date of birth. A. dim b. blank C. faint D. vain

2. B. 分析: blank – empty –bare 空的，空虚的 dim – faint模糊的

faint软弱的，无力的, 模糊的 vain .徒然的, 自负的

非谓语动词的用法及其意义(上)--不定式 相关背景知识介绍:

非谓语动词结构可以简单地分为：不定式(to + V)、动名词、分词-ing和分词-ed式。不同类型的非谓语动词在句中起着不同的语法功能，而且它们也存在着语态和时态的变化。非谓语动词结构在书面语中用的很多，如：A Thirsty World (2002年综合B/C级阅读理解考试题)

In addition to stopping wasting precious water, one useful step we should take is to develop ways of reusing it. Experiments have already been done in this field, but only on a small scale. Today, in most large cities, water is used only once and it eventually returns to the sea (不是不定式结构)or runs into underground storage tanks. But it is possible to pipe water用管子输送 that has been used to a purifying使纯净 plant (不是不定式结构). precious -- valuable 珍贵的 小节： 1. 非谓语结构一定是由于前面结构的需要而出现; 2. 不定式结构的构成是： to + v.;动名词结构的构成是： v.ing 3. 介词和及物动词的后面需要出现名词或动名词结构; 系动词后面可以跟表示动作发生在将来的不定式结构。 对于不定式结构具有名词的性质这个特点， 建议大家可以记住这个句子： To err is human. 人非圣人孰能无过。 l 动词不定式: Ⅰ.动词不定式的形式 1.动词不定式是一种非谓语动词，在句中不能单独作谓语，如to have, to work等。不定式符号“to”不是介词，无词义。不定式有一般、完成、进行等几种常用的形式，也有主动和被支语态的区别。以study为例： 一般式 进行式 完成式 主动 to study to be studying to have studied 主动 to be studied to have been studied 2.不定式结构中的动词仍然保持动词的特征，可带宾语或状语，构成不定式短语。如： to do shopping to help them in their work to come back to live in a house to live in a colleague to work with 3.不定式的否定形式是在不定式前面加not, never等，如： They told me not/never to open the window. 4.不定式有时可直接与疑问词连用，如what, when, where, which, whom, why, whether, how等。如： He didn’t know whether to wait or go home. He wanted to know how to handle such a problem. I am wondering which to choose. He asked when to leave for home. (handle –deal with处理) 接下来我们以2005年综合/理工/卫生类考题中均出现了的一篇文章saving money /节约钱 为例, 来看在这篇文章中不定式结构是怎样出现的, 这些不定式结构在它们所在句子中起的 语法功能: From saving money If you are saving to buy a CD(光盘) or go to a concert, then probably„ (probably – possibly –likely大概，有可能) One place to save money is the bank. 定语 Interest is the amount of money a bank pays you to use your money. Another way you can save money is to buy a certificate of deposit or CD. If you have some money you don’t need to use for a long time, this is a good way to make your money now. You agree not to use the money for a certain period of time. (use –utilize利用) (certain –some 某个) 小节: 不定式结构能够在句子中充当多种语法结构, 不定式结构语法功能的确定需要参照其前面的结构来确定. 如: 跟在行为动词后面的不定式结构, 常常是充当状语结构; 跟在名词的后面作该名词的定语;跟在及物动词及介词的后面充当它们的宾语。 Ⅱ不定式或不定式短语的用法：

不定式在句子中可作主语、表语、宾语、定语、状语和补足语。 1.作主语

不定式或不定式短语作主语时，谓语动词用第三人称单数。如： To serve the people well is our duty. To get there on foot will take several hours.

动词不定式短语作主语时，往往放在谓语动词的后面，用引导词it作形式主语。上述两句也可改为： It is our duty to serve the people well. It will take several hours to get there on foot. (take – need需要(多少时间等)) 类似这样不定式做主语的句型: It is + n.+ to do

It a\akes sb.+ some time + to do It is +adj.+ for sb.+ to do It is +adj.+ of sb.+ to do It is our duty to help them.

It will take you quite a long time to finish it. (finish -- fulfill完成)

It is easy for us to answer this question. It is kind of you to help me (help –aid 帮助) 2.作表语

在系动词如be, seem, appear， feel， sound等之后，如： Your main task now is to improve the quality of the products. 你们现在的主要任务是改进产品的质量。 (improve – remedy 改进)

He appears to have caught a cold. (catch – have – get (a cold) 感冒)

有时be + 动词不定式表示应当、打算、计划做什么的意思。试比较： Peter is to arrive at seven this morning. 彼特打算在今天早上七时抵达。 (arrive at –reach –get to 抵达)

Our plan is to finish the job at the end of next month.

我们的计划是在下月末干完这个活。(不定式短语作表语。“is”是“是”的意思)

提示： 当句子谓语部分结构是“be + 动词不定式”时，如果主语与不定式结构中的动词之间存在明显的主谓关系，同时句子中通常会出现明显的表示将来时间的时间状语结构, 则“be + 动词不定式”是用于表达“打算、计划”做的事情，;否则， “be + 动词不定式”的结构就是“主语 + 系动词 + 表语的结构”。 I am to take an interview tomorrow.

My intention is just to help you. “is”是“是”的意思 (intention –purpose 目的) 3.作宾语

有些及物动词常用不定式作宾语，如：agree, begin, decide, desire, determine, expect, forget, hope, learn, like, love, mean, offer, plan, pretend, promise, refuse, regret, remember, try, stop, want等。 (begin –start 开始)

(determine – decide – make up one’s mind 决定) (plan – intend 打算) (refuse – reject 拒绝) (try – attempt 试图) (stop – cease -- end终止) They begin to write their papers.

We have learnt to operate the computer.

如果不定式作宾语而又跟有宾语补足语时，要用“it”作形式宾语，而将真正的宾语(即不定式)放到补足语后面去。如 We found it impossible to finish the work in such a short time. 我们觉得不可能在这么短的时间完成这项工作。

I consider it necessary to collect sufficient data for our research. 我认为收集充分的资料对我们的研究工作是必要的。

注意：forget, remember, stop这几个词后面既可以跟不定式结构也可以跟动名词结构，但结构含义差别较大： forget to do../忘记要做。 forget doing/忘记做过。 remember to do../记住要做。 remember doing../记住做过。 stop to do../停下来去做。 stop doing„/停止做。

同时：want, need 这两个动词也是既可以跟不定式结构也可以跟动名词结构，但跟动名词结构时，是用“主动”表示“被动”。 The house wants/needs painting. 房子需要油漆了 4.作定语

用来修饰名词，位于被修饰名词的后面。如：

Promises to meet deadlines and appointment are taken very seriously. 在规定日期前完成任务和按时赴约的承诺都是慎重对待的。 (meet –satisfy 满足)

This is the best way to solve the problem. 这是解决这个问题的最好办法。 There are a lot of sheets to mend. 有许多床单要修补。 注：

①常用不定式作定语的名词有：ability, agreement, attempt, chance, claim, decision, determination, failure, freedom, hope, need, opportunity, plan, promise, refusal, way等;此外，序数词the first, second以及last, only, best等也常用不定式作定语，如：

Galileo was the first person to see mountains on the moon and sunspots on the sun. 伽里略是看到月球上山脉和太阳黑子的第一人。 He was the only one to realize the danger. 他是唯一意识到危险的人。

(ability – capability – capacity 能力 ) (chance – opportunity 机会) (hope – wish 希望) (way – method 方法)

②用不定式作定语时，它与它修饰的词有时是动宾关系(如上述第三个例句中的mend和sheets)，如果不定式是不及物动词，其后面应跟必要的介词。如：

Mary needs a friend to play with. 玛丽需要有一个与她一起玩的朋友。 There is nothing to worry about. 没有什么值得发愁的。 5.作状语

通常表示目的、结果、原因等。如： I have come to see you. 我来看你。(目的)

In 1972 she left home never to return. 1972年她离开家再没有回来。(结果) I am sorry to hear that. 我听了很难过。(原因)

①不定式作目的状语，可以在句首，也可以在句末。有时为了强调可用so as to„(以便，为了)或in order to „(为了„目的)。 Let’s hurry so as to catch the last bus. 快点走以赶上末班公共汽车。

All living things must eat in order to stay alive. 一切生物为了生存都必须饮食。 (stay –remain 保持)

②不定式作结果状语可用so (such) „ as to (这样(的)„以至)，too„to(太„以至不能)，enough to (足够，足以)等引出。如： The rain was so heavy as to make our picnic impossible. 雨下得那么大，使得我们野餐不可能了。 (impossible – unlikely 不可能的)

This man is too lazy to succeed in business. 这人太懒，事业上不能获得成功。

③“be+形容词+不定式”的结构中，不定式部分常看作是状语，这些形容词通常有：able, afraid, anxious, determined, eager, free, glad, pleased, ready, sorry, sure, willing等。 (afraid – fearful 害怕的, 担心的) (anxious – worried 忧虑的，担心的) (eager – keen 渴望的)

(glad –happy – pleased 高兴的) (sure – certain 确实的, (对„)有信心) 6.作补足语

有宾语补足语和主语补足语两种。 1)作宾语补足语

有一些及物动词除跟宾语外，还需要有一个成分作逻辑上的补充说明，使得宾语的状态或行为或特征等的意思完整。这个成分称为补足语。由于说明宾语，因此称宾语补足语。不定式可作宾语补足语。如： Many parents allow their children to make their own decisions. 许多家长允许他们的孩子自己拿主意。 (allow – permit 允许)

The trainer made the elephant dance before audience. 训兽中使大象在观众前跳舞。 注：

① 通常要求带to不定式作宾语补足语的动词有：advise, allow, ask, cause, consider, expect, find, imagine, know, tell, think, want, wish等

(advise – persuade 劝说 ) (think – suppose 想 )

② 要求不带“to”的不定式作宾语补足语的动词(一般为表示“感觉”或“使役”的动词)有：feel, have, hear, let, make, notice, see, watch, listen to, look at

③ help后面的作宾语补足语的不定式带“to”或不带“to”都可以。 help Mary wash her clothes help Mary to wash her clothes 2)作主语补足语

带有宾语补足语的谓语动词变为被动语态时，宾语成了主语，宾语补足语也就相应地成为主语补足语。当动词不定式用作主语补足语时，一律要用带“to”的形式。如：

Their children are allowed to make their own decisions. 允许他们的孩子自己拿主意。

The elephant was made to dance before audience. 使大象在观众前跳舞。

不定式结构在英语文章中使用频率较高, 如下面的这段文字中(4个句子), 不定式结构出现了5次, 请大家确认这些不定式结构在句子中的语法功能.

(1)So far there is no data to suggest that people living on metal-rich soils experience a potential health hazard. (2) They are also the most likely ones to eat potentially dangerous metal-rich soil. (3) Some trace metals are alleged to cause cancer and also known to cause poisoning中毒. (4) There is a vital need to understand the potential risks and long-term health effects of living on naturally contaminated soils.

提示: 相邻语句往往围绕同一中心发展, 在词语上常常表现为: 相邻语句中出现呼应的词语.

分析：第1，2，4句中不定式是作定语;第3句的不定式是作主补; (hazard –danger 危险) 来源： (hazardous – dangerous危险的) (contaminate -- pollute污染) Ⅲ不定式的逻辑主语

如要表明不定式或不定式的动作发出者(即逻辑主语，就要在不定式前用for+名词(或代词的宾格)。如： Is the road wide enough for two cars to pass? 这条道路是否宽得足以使两辆车通过? (wide – broad 宽阔的，辽阔的)

The conference is too important for you to miss. 这会议太重要了，你不能错过。

(conference – meeting 讨论会，协商会;会议)

(important –essential 重要的) *Ⅳ不定式的完成式和进行式的用法 (仅仅需要稍微了解即可) 1.完成式表示的动作发生在句子谓语表示的动作之前。如： I’m sorry not to have come on Thursday. 星期四那天我没有来，很抱歉。

The earth is said to have been part of the sun. 据说地球过去曾经是太阳的一部分。

2.进行式一般表示正在进行中的动作，强调与谓语动词所表示的动作几乎同时发生。如： I noticed that he seemed to be smoking a lot. 我注意到他似乎烟抽得太多。

I happened to be lying in bed when she came in. 她进来时，我碰巧正躺在床上。 小结：

1) 不定式可做除谓语以外的任何其他成分----主语、宾语、宾语补足语、表语、状语、定语：不定式本身也有时态和语态的问题。每个不定式都有其逻辑主语，如果逻辑主语是动作的发出者，不定式用主动式，如果其逻辑主语是动作的承受者，不定式用被动式。 如：The doctor recommended him to clean the room. 医生建议他打扫房间。 如：The doctor recommended the room to be cleaned. 医生建议打扫房间。 2) 不定式的符号to 在一些特殊情况下经常被省略。

A) 当几个动词不定式具有同样的功能时，to 只用在第一个动词不定式之前。 B) 在以why 引导的疑问句中不用to e.g. He asked why (to) stay here.

C) 在had better, would rather, rather than, would sooner(宁愿), can not but(不得不), cannot help but, do nothing but(只能)等结构后不用to

D) 在hear, listen to, feel, see, look at, watch, notice, let, make, have, leave, help等动词后，动词不定式做宾语补足语时不用to

不定式结构的考察在职称英语考题中主要是以完成句子题(可能涉及到不定式结构)和文章中句子句意理解这样的题出现。 如：2003年综合B/A级完成句子考题：Keeping Cut Flowers

30. Another important way to prolong the life of cut flowers is ____. A. by keeping its original shape and color B. in the life of the cut flower C. to produce carbon dioxide D. for as long as possible E. by controlling temperature

F. to replace the water and solution every day

文章相关句子：Another vital factor in keeping cut flowers is the quality of the water„ „„„„„. The water and solution should also be replaced each day. 如：2002年理工类阅读理解第1篇文章Mobile Phones中的第一个问题：

According to Robert Bell, if mobile phones prove to be dangerous to people's health,(系动词+ 表语) A. they should be banned immediately.

B. the use of them should be restricted.

C. all transmitter to towers should be torn down. D. a warning label should be attached.

解答：问题问“如果手机被证明对人的健康有害，那么。。”，文章中第1段的最后一句：If mobile phones are found to be dangerous, they should carry a warning label until proper shields can be devised. 该句的不定式结构表述的语义与问题句中条件句(带不定式结构的谓语)的含义一致，所以判断该句是答案相关句，并根据句意选择答案D。 2005年卫生类C级阅读理解文章中也有考题直接涉及到不定式结构: If you draw your money before it is due, you will have to ___. A. pay interest to the bank B. close your account C. open a new account D. pay a penalty or fee

D. 分析: have to 是“不得不/必须”， to是不定式符号。问题句是说“如果在你在你的前的前到期之前取钱，你将不得不„”。借助我们的相关背景知识可以对这道题进行直接判断：D(支付违约罚金或手续费)合适职称英语核心词汇推荐: (B级)bold adj. 大胆的;勇敢的;n. 粗体，黑体; bomb n. (与 the连用)炸弹，原子弹或核弹v.轰炸; bone n. 骨;骨头;

book n. 书，书籍 v. 登记，预订，控告(booking office/售票处); boom n. 繁荣，隆隆声v. 发隆隆声，迅速增长;

boost v.增加;提高;n.增加;提高(boost prices/提高价格);

border n. 边界，边 v. 与„„接壤，接近(on the border of/在„„的边界上;将要; on the borders/在边界上，接近交界处; boring adj. 令人厌烦的;单调沉闷的;

born adj. 天生的，天生就„„的(be born to (parents)/出生在父母是„„的家庭中; be born in (family)/ 出生在„„的家庭中);

borrow v. 借，借入; boss n. 老板;

both adj. 两者, 双方的 pron. 双方, 两者(both...and.../不但„„而且„„;既„„又„„); bother v. 烦扰，打扰n. 麻烦, 麻烦事;讨厌的人(bother (oneself) about/为„„而操心;为„„而费事); bottom n. 底，底部(Bottoms up!/干杯);

(A级)bound adj. 正要启程的;开往„„去的，被束缚的(be bound to do sth. / 下决心„„; 被迫做„„;一定会„„; be bound for„/准备去往„); boy n. 男孩，儿子; boyfriend n. 男朋友;

brain n. 脑;智慧(have sth. on the brain/全神贯注在某事上); branch n. 枝，分枝;分部，分店，(学科)分科，部门;支流; brand n. 商标，牌子; brave adj. 勇敢的;

bread n. 面包;生计(earn one’s bread/维持生活);

break n. 休息，破裂v. 打破;违犯(break away/逃走，逃脱; break down/破坏; (机器)损坏;破裂;break into/闯入;强行进入;打断;break out/突然发生; break through/突破);

(A级)breakdown n. 崩溃，故障(a breakdown in communication/通信故障); breakfast n. 早餐;

(B级)breast n. 胸;胸脯, 乳房

breath n. 呼吸;气味(hold one’s breath/屏息; at a breath/一口气); breathe v. 呼吸;

bridge n. 桥，桥牌(play bridge/打桥牌);

brief adj. 简短的，短暂的(in brief/简单地说;简明扼要的); briefly adv. 暂时地，简要地; 相关词汇题分析: (变形于CET-4, 1999,6)

1. I’m sorry to have bothered you with so many questions on such an occasion. A. interfered B. offended C. impressed D. troubled D. 分析: trouble – bother 使不便, 打搅 interfere with .. /妨碍，打扰 offend sb. with „/用„冒犯/侮辱某人 impress sb. with „/„给某人留下了深刻的印象

trouble/bother sb. with sth. 使某人因为„而烦恼/费神 (变形于CET-6, 1990, 6)

2. Children are bound to have some accidents as they grow up. A. obvious B. indispensable C. certain D. doubtless C. 分析: bound –certain 必然/必定〔后接不定式〕 obvious – apparent – clear – evident 明白的，明显的 indispensable – necessary不可缺少的，必需的 doubtless 无疑地，必定， 无疑的 练习：

1. Choose the best answer to the following questions./给下列问题选择最佳答案。 1.Are there anymore items that need _______? A. to consider B. to be considered C. to have considered D. to be considering

2 Is the sports meeting _____ this week or next week? A. will be held B. to be holding C. to have held D. to be held

3.Can freedom ____ exist in a society without some form of law and order? A. choosing B. choose C. to choose D. to be chosen 4.Haven’t you anything ____?

A. to open the bottle with B. to be opened the bottle C. opens the bottle with D. to be opening the bottle 5.He is looking for a place ___. A. to live B. to be living C. to have lived D. to live in

2. Try to translate the following sentences into Chinese:/把下列句子翻译成中文 选自职称英语考试用书 (From Computers)

1. The information either reached managers too late or was too expensive to be used.

2. Even a neighborhood shopkeeper may now use computers to control sales, billing, and other activities. 3. Such an understanding is not difficult to achieve. (from Kitchen Design)

4. This is why it is important to consider adding a water filter system. 5.Because cabinets are a big investment, it is best to choose quality. (from Common Problems Common Solutions)

6. There will always be some who want to build walls, who want to separate people from people, and up to a point, even these may serve society. The anti-smoking wall-builders have, to give them their due, helped to make us all more keenly aware of choice.

3. Choose the best answers: 综合类完型填空题B/C级

Public and Private Schools in the United States

Religious and private schools receive little or no support from public taxes in the United States, and, as a result, are usually somewhat expensive to __1__. The largest group of religious schools in America is run by the Roman Catholic Church. While religious schools tend to be __2__ expensive than private schools, there are usually some fees.

When there is free education available to all children in the United States, why do people spend money on private schools? American offer a great variety of reasons for doing so, including the desire of some parents to __3__ their children to schools where classes tend to be smaller, or where religious instruction is included as part of the educational program, or because, in their opinion, the public schools in their area are not of high enough quality to meet their needs. 1. A) go B) attend C)take part in D) enroll 2. A) less B) more C) rather D) much 3. A) bring B) bringing C) send D) sending 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

bright adj. 明亮的，聪明的; (bring – clever – intelligent – smart –wise 聪明的) brilliant adj. 灿烂的，有才气的;卓越的;

bring v. 拿来，带来，产生;引起( bring about/引起，造成; bring forward/把„„提前;提出; bring out/使出现， 使显露; bring up/提出;养育);

Britain n. 英国;不列颠(英格兰，威尔士和苏格兰的总称;

British adj. 不列颠的;不列颠人的;英国的;英国人的n. 不列颠人，英国人; broad adj. 宽的，广泛的; (broad –wide宽的) broadcast n. 广播;播音 v广播播送，播放; brother n. 兄弟; budget n. 预算;

build v. 建造，建筑(build up/堆积，逐步建立); (build -- establish建立) building n. 建筑物，建筑业;

burn v. 烧，使感觉烧热(burn out/(使)烧坏;烧光;烧尽; burn up/烧完;烧尽;烧光); burst v. 爆裂，爆发(burst into tears[laughter]/突然大笑[突然大哭]);

bus n. 公共汽车(take the bus/乘公共汽车; get on[off] a bus/上[下]公共汽车); business n. 商业;买卖;交易;生意;事情

busy adj. 忙碌的;热闹的(be busy with [about, in]/忙于; keep sb. busy/不让某人空闲); but prep. 除„„以外 conj. 而是，但是; adv. 几乎，仅仅(but for/要不是) ; buy v. 买;

by prep. 在附近，在旁边;经，由;依据，按照;通过;用 adv. 通过，经过;附近( by air/railway/sea/plane/bus/乘飞机/火车/船/飞机/公共汽车; pass by/经过;by the rule/按规则; a box five feet by six feet/一个长6英尺宽5英尺的盒子; by oneself/单独，独自);

cable n. 电缆;

cake n. 蛋糕，饼(a piece of cake/[口]轻松的事，愉快的事);

calculate v. 计算，考虑(It is calculated that„„/据计算„„, calculate on (upon)/指望着，期待着); (calculate – count – figure 计算)

call n.叫声;命令，号召; v. 呼叫;召集;称呼;打电话(call for/需要;要求; call off/取消; call on/拜访; call for help/呼救; call sb. /叫„„;给„„打电话);

calm adj. (天气、海洋等)静的 v. (使)平静，(使)镇定;平息(keep calm!/安静! 保持镇静! calm down/使平息，使平静); campus n. <美>校园(campus activities/校内活动; on(the) campus/在校内);

can v. 装进罐中;把食品装罐 n. 罐头，铁罐 v. 能，可以( can not but/[后接动词原形]不得不; can not...too [over]...越„„越好 (e.g. You can not be too [over] careful. 你越仔细越好。);

campaign n. 竞选运动;运动 (a campaign against [for] ... 反对[赞成]„的运动) campus n. 〔美国〕校园 (on (the) campus 在校内) Canada n. 加拿大;

cancel v. 删去, 取消 (cancel –delete 删去 )shan 相关词汇题分析: (变形于MBA, 1998)

1. Scholars maintain that social development can easily cause language changes. A. bring up B. bring about C. bring out D. bring forward 1. B. 分析: cause的含义是“造成”， 因此B是答案。 提示: 借助组成短语结构的词语的词义推测短语所具有的含义.

maintain – hold – think 认为 bring up 抚养， 提出 bring out 使出现， 使显露 bring forward 将„提前, 提出 (变形于 CET-4, 2003, 1)

2. Without the help of their group, we would not have succeeded in the investigation. 调查 研究 A. Besides B. Regardless of C. But for D despite 2. C. 分析: without – but for/如果没有, 要不是 besides 除„之外(还有)

He speaks German besides English. 他懂英语而外还会说德语 regardless of = despite = in spite of ...不管，不顾 , 无论 I shall go regardless of the weather. 无论天气好坏我都要去 试题:

1. Fill out the blanks with the proper form of the words given (1 --5) and choose the best answer (6--10) 1.It’s no use _________(you, tell) me not to worry.

2.He was chosen because of __________(he, be)a fully qualified engineer. 3.There is no need for _________(the problem, discuss). 4.I don’t like_________(young people, smoke).

5.The seaman told us a story about___________(a ship, sink)by the enemy in the war. 6. It was unsafe to enter the building __________by fire. A .damaging B. damaged C. having damaged D. having been damaged

7. A conservationist is a person __________to protect our natural resources and to help us to make wise use of them. A. having been worked B. being worked C. having worked D. working

8. The two points on Earth __________the North Pole and the South Pole are the ends of Earth’s axis. A. to call B. to be called C. called D. calling 9. Water is __________to a hot, thirsty traveler.

A. refreshed B. refreshing C. being refreshed D. having refreshed

10. The traveler seemed ___________by cool drinks and went on his journey. A. refreshed B. refreshing C. to refresh D. having refreshed

2. Choose the best answer to the Questions following the passage given below, paying attention to the gerunds and participles in the passage. 难度系数：B，C级 How Animals Keep Warm

Man has invented ways to keep warm, but how do animals defend themselves? They can not reason in the sense that man can, but nature has taken care of the animal kingdom by providing animals with special instincts. One of these instincts is known as hibernation.

\" Sleeping like a dormouse \" is not only a common saying but is a reality. When winter comes, the dormouse and other hibernating animals have reached a well-nourished state. They eat very well in warmer days laying down fat in the tissues of their bodies and during hibernation this keeps them alive. Safe in their nests, or burrows, they sleep soundly until the warmth of spring arrives.

Bats, tortoises, snakes, even insects like butterflies, hibernate more or less completely. Some, like the squirrels, sleep during coldest weather but are roused by a warm spell. During hibernation, the temperature of an animal's body drops drastically. Breathing and heartbeats almost cease.

Another instinctive method of avoiding intense cold is to escape by means of migration. Wild swans, seagulls, swallows and cuckoos are a few of the very many kinds of birds which fly thousands of miles, twice a year, to avoid cold. Many animals. Especially those of the Arctic regions, have summer and winter quarters. The Arctic deer of North America, as well as the reindeer of Europe, move southward towards the forests when winter approaches. They return to the northern area when the warmth of spring begins to be sensed.

There are animals which do not attempt to leave at the first sign of winter cold. Their instinctive means of defense is to dig out a deep burrow, made soft and warm by padding out with straw, leaves, moss and further. In it they have a \"

secret place \" containing food which they hope will last the winter through! Animals which fall into this class include the Arctic fox, the rabbit and the ermine, and the little field-mice. 11. How does the dormouse defend itself against cold in winter? A) It moves about to keep warm. B) It grows thicker fur. C) It sleeps continuously. D) It goes to warmer areas.

12. What keeps animals alive during hibernation? A) The fat stored in their bodies. B) Their thick fur. C) Their warm burrows. D) Their deep sleep.

13. During hibernation, animals breathe A) normally. B) at a slower rate. C) at a faster rate. D) irregularly.

14. According to the passage, what is \" migration\"? A) Moving from one place to another with the season. B) Living in burrows in winter. C) Travelling in the winter months. D) Leaving one's own country for another. 15. How does ermines survive in winter?

A) They leave their cosy burrows and migrate to warmer lands. B) They sleep soundly inside their burrows in winter. C) They dig out burrows and store them with enough food. D) They stay in their burrows and live on the food stored there. 难度系数： C级 Tipping

In many countries there is a fixed charge for personal services. A certain percentage may be added to the bill at a hotel or restaurant \" for the service \". In other places the customer may be expected to give a tip, or a small money, as a sign of appreciation whenever services are performed. In the United States there is no consistent practice in regard to tipping. The custom is more common in a large city than in a small town. A native American may often be in doubt about when and how much to tip when he is in a city that is strange to him. In general, however, a tip is expected by the porter who carries your baggage, by taxi drivers (except, perhaps, in small towns), and by those who serve hotels and restaurants. When you pick up your incoming luggage at an airport, you may tip the man who takes it to the taxi or airport bus. He usually expects 35 cents a bag for his service. In some cities the taxi that takes you to your hotel may have one meter that shows the cost of the trip and another that shows a fixed charge, usually about 20 cents, for \" extra \". In some cities the taxi diver may expect a tip in addition to the \" extra \a tip is usually given. Hotels generally do not make a service charge, though there are places where one is added. It is customary, however, to give something to the porter who carries your suitcase and shows you to your room. In case of doubt, 35 cents for each bag he carries is satisfactory. In a restaurant you generally leave about 15 percent of the bill in small change on that table as a tip for the person who has served you. A service charge is generally not included except in some of the larger, more expensive places. If the order is small --- a cup of coffee at a lunch counter, or something of the sort -- a tip is not usually expected.

16. According to the passage, the practice of giving tips A) is consistent throughout the world. B) varies from place to place in the USA. C) is consistent in large towns in the USA. D) is consistent in small towns in the USA.

17. According to the passage, the following are the people one may tip EXCEPT A) porters. B) taxi drivers. C) waiters. D) cleaners.

18. According to the passage, which of the following is INCORRECT? A) \" Extra \" is a fixed charge in some cities. B) \" Extra \" is similar to a tip in some cases. C) If the \" extra \" is paid, one doesn't tip any more. D) Some hotels require people to pay a service charge. 19. According to the passage, the amount of money for a tip A) is the same across restaurants and hotels . B) depends on how much one pays for his meal.

C) generally varies according to the size of one's bag in a hotel. D) is usually small for a cup of coffee at a lunch counter. 20. From the passage we learnt that

A) Americans sometimes are not sure how to tip. B) people in large towns know more about tipping. C)one has to tip no matter how big or small the order is. D) people sometimes don't tip when they are not satisfied。 参考答案

1. Fill out the blanks with the proper form of the words given (1 --5) and choose the best answer (6--10)

1.you telling; 2。 his being;3。 the problem being discussed; 4。young people smoking;5。a ship’s sinking; 6。.D;7。D;8。C; 9。B;10。A;

2. Choose the best answer to the Questions following the passage given below. How Animals Keep Warm

11.C.该题问睡鼠在冬天是如何抵御寒冷的。借助第一段最后一句的描述和第2段，我们看到睡鼠是在冬季到来之前吃饱喝足，然后在洞穴里冬眠。

12.A.能使冬眠的动物存活的主要因素是它们(冬眠动物)在冬季来临前存储在体内的脂肪(A)。答案备选项中的其它三项都与冬眠的动物存活有一定的关系，但不是关键因素。

13.B.冬眠时，动物呼吸的情况可以从第3段的最后一句中得出，因此选B(比较慢的速率)。

14.A.在第4段中提到某些动物在冬季到来前迁徙到其他地方避寒，春季到来时又回到原来的地方。所以\" migration\" 是指随季节从一个地方到另一个地方的迁移。

15.D.答案相关句在第5段。貂不算是完全冬眠的动物，所以B不对;貂也不能迁移到其它地方过冬，所以A也不对;C只是说了貂为冬天作准备，而不是它如何生存的原因。 Tipping

16.B.the practice of giving tips是答案关键词，利用它不难在文章的第4行中发现答案相关句。该句说“美国各地收取小费的做法不一样。”

17.D.文章中没有提到给清洁工小费。这道题也可用常识直接判断。

18.C.C的说法是错误的，因为文章的第2段中提到in some cities the taxi diver may expect a tip in addition to the \" extra \。即：在一些城市出租汽车司机会期望得到除“额外费用”以外的一笔小费，尤其是如果他为你拿了箱子。

19.B.小费的数额是根据饭店帐单按一定百分比来支付的。

20.A.从文章中我们了解到有时美国人也不能确定该付多少小费。非谓语动词的用法及其意义(下)----动名词结构和分词结构 相关背景知识介绍

动名词从其名称来说就是由动词或动词短语经一定的变化而形成的名词或名词短语。动名词由动词变化而来，因此同表示静态特征的名词相比较， 动名词更强调动作性。 如2002年综合类C级完型填空题：

The theoretical separation of __1__, working, traffic and recreation which for many years has been used in„. 1. A. lives B. life C. live D. living

分词在阅读中我们更是常常遇到，这是因为分词结构是一种重要语法结构，它可产生很多中的语义功能，不如作状语，表示伴随状态， e.g. Finding no one at home, he left the house in a bad temper. (=When he found„) 分词的考察在职称英语中的考察也是在词汇题，完型填空题和有关文章阅读理解上都可能会出现。 如2002年综合类A级的词汇题部分： 1. The water in this part of the river has been contaminated by sewage (污水). A. polluted B. downgraded C. mixed D. blackened 2. Alice is a fascinating girl. A. a beautiful B. a pretty C. an attractive D. a pleasant 3. She stood there, crying and trembling with fear. A. shaking B. staggering C. struggling D. murmuring 动名词(Gerund) 动名词的形式 动名词与动词不定式一样，也是一种非谓语形式，它可以带宾语、状语等构成动名词短语。 动名词由动词原形+ing构成，没有人称和数的变化，但有语态的变化，且有一般式和完成式。 以动词study为例： 主动 被动 being studied 一般式 studying 完成式 having studied having been studied 动名词的用法 动名词(或动名词短语)在句中起名词的作用，可用作主语、表语、宾语(动词或介词的宾语)和定语等。 1.作主语 e.g. Swimming is never as fast as running. e.g. Talking about it is no use. e.g. Seeing is believing /眼见为实。 提示：动名词(或动名词短语)作主语时，有时句中使用形式主语it，如： e.g. It is no use talking about it./ 谈论此事并无用处。 常见的形式主语结构(真正的主语是在句子的结尾部分出现的动名词结构) It is +no use , no good , fun, a great pleasure, a waste of time 等名词+ doing sth. It is + useless, nice , good ,interesting, worthwhile, pointless, expensive 等形容词+doing sth. e.g. It is no use crying. e.g. It is no good objecting. e.g. It is a great fun playing football. e.g. It is a waste of time trying to explain. e.g. It is nice seeing you again. e.g. It is expensive running this car. 2.作表语 e.g. Our duty is programming the computer. e.g. My hobby is performing on musical instruments. 注意：be+动名词(表语)与be+现在分词(构成进行时态)在形式上相同，但在前一种结构中，be是系动词，有词意，而在后一种结构中，be是助动词，只是用来构成一种谓语时态，无词义。二者的区别主要是根据上下文的逻辑意思来定。如： e.g. My favorite sport is skating./ 我特别喜欢的运动是滑冰。(动名词) comp: My brother is skating./ 我的兄弟正在滑冰。(分词) 3.作宾语(动词或介词的宾语) e.g. They began studying psychology last week. e.g. Would you mind waiting for a moment? 注： ① 很多及物动词都可用动名词作宾语，常见的只可跟动名词的动词有：avoid, deny, dislike, enjoy, excuse, finish, keep, mind, miss, practice, require, suggest, can’t help, give up, insist on等。

② 在下列动词后面，只能跟不定式：agree, decide, desire, determine, expect, hope, pretend, promise, refuse, wish等 ③ 常见的既可跟动名词也可跟不定式作宾语的动词有：attempt, begin, continue, forget, hate, learn, like, love, prefer, need, propose, remember, regret, start, stop, try, want等。如：

e.g. As the plan began moving (to move), the people on the ground waved goodbye./

有时两种结构之间意义差别不大，如表示抽象的、泛指的一般倾向多用动名词;如指特别的或具体某一行动，则用不定式更多些。如： e.g. I like traveling very much./我非常喜欢旅游。(经常性的爱好)。

e.g. Would you like to eat ice-cream with me?/ 你愿意和我一起去吃冰淇淋吗?(指一次的动作)

有些动词后面用动名词还是不定式作宾语，其含义有明显的差别。常见的动词有：stop, remember, forget, regret, try, want等。如：

a.stop后面跟动名词，通常表示“停止或不再做某事”;跟不定式则通常表示“停止或不再做正在做的事，而去做别的事”。如： e.g. Stop arguing and start working./ 停止争论，开始工作。

e.g. I didn’t know how to get there so I stopped to ask the way./我不知道到那儿路怎么走，所以就停下来问路。 b.remember后面跟动名词，通常表示“回忆过去而记得„”，跟不定式则通常表示“记住去干„，别忘了”如： e.g. I remember reading a review of that book. / 我记得读过那本书的评论。

e.g. Please remember to book seats for them today./ 请别忘了今天去戏院为他们订座。

c.regret后面跟动名词，通常表示“对已经发生的情况表示后悔”;跟不定式通常表示“对现在或将来的情况表示抱歉”。如： e.g. I regret telling him this./ 我后悔告诉他这件事。

e.g. I regret to inform you that your application has been refuse./ 我遗憾地通知你，爸爸的申请被拒绝了。 4.作定语

e.g. These dialogues may be used as listening materials. (= materials for listening) e.g. The Reading Room of the British Museum is a large round hall. (=Room for Reading) Ⅲ动名词的时态与语态

动名词分一般式和完成式，一般式表示一般性的动作概念，不明确动作发生的时间(如现在、过去或将来)，有主动语态和被动语态。如：

Besides reading, he is fond of collecting stamps. (主动)/ 除了阅读以外，他还喜欢集邮。 Was she upset at not being invited? (被动)/ 她是否因没有受到邀请而感到不快? 动名词完成式用来表示发生在谓语动作前的动作。它也有主动语态和被动语态。如： I remember having read the article on economic systems.

After having been tested, the instrument was sent to the laboratory. (被动) Comp: Having been tested, the instrument was sent to the laboratory. 注：

① 动名词的完成式用得较少，有时动名词表示的动作虽然发生在谓语动作之前，也常用动名词的一般式来代替。如： After being desalted, sea water can be used for drinking.

② 在need, require, want等动词后面，一般不用动名词的被动形式，即使表示被动意思，也用动名词的主动形式代替。如： The house wants repairing./ 这房子需要修理了。 Ⅳ动名词的逻辑主语

动名词前可以有自己的逻辑主语，作为该动名词所表示的动作的发出者。用作动名词逻辑主语的词类有：物主代词、名词所有格(即名词后加“s”，意为“„的”;复数名词如以s结尾，则其后面只加“’”)、名词通格或人称代词宾格。如： His taking part in the work will help us a lot./他参加这项工作会我们有很大帮助。 We are looking forward to Betty’s coming./ 我们正期待着贝蒂的到来。

She doesn’t like my father and me interfering in her affairs./ 她不愿意我父亲和我干涉她的事情。 注：

如果这种结构不是在句子开头，常可以用名词通格或人称代词宾格，如上述最后一句，这比用所有格更自然一些;但如果动名词逻辑主语是无生命的东西，就只能用名词的通格。如：

Here is an example of heat energy turning into electrical energy./这是一个热能转变为电能的例子。 接下来我们一块儿来分析几个句子： From A Thirsty World

In addition to stopping wasting our precious water, one useful step we should take is to develop ways of reusing it. But it is possible to pipe water that has been used to a purifying plant. 动名词

Comp: Today, in most large cities, water is used only once and it eventually returns to the sea or runs into underground storage tanks. (storing tanks) Comp: This salt-removing process is already in use in many parts of the world. 分词(participle) 分词的形式 分词也是一种非谓语动词，在句中不能单独作谓语，没有人称和数的变化，它可以带宾语、状语和表语构成分词短语。分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。 1. 现在分词(present participle)和过去分词(past participle)的构成 A.现在分词由原形动词+ing构成，如designing, leaving, stopping等。 B.过去分词分两类，一类是规则动词，由原形动词+ed构成，如started, excited, copied, stopped等;一类是不规则动词，如dug, spoken, written等，需记忆。 2. 分词的时态和语态 现在分词有一般式和完成式，并有主动和被动语态。过去分词则只有一种形式，现以动词study为例： 现在分词 一般式 完成式 过去分词 3. 现在分词和过去分词的区别 A.在时态上，通常现在分词表示进行，过去分词表示完成，如： the developing countries/发展中国家 the developed countries/发达国家 B.在语态上，通常现在分词表示主动，过去分词表示被动，如： a moving film/一部感人的影片(主动) the moved audience/受感动的观众(被动) Ⅱ分词(或分词短语)的用法 在句中可作定语、状语、补足语和表语 1. 作定语 可放在被修饰的名词的前面或后面： A.单个现在分词作定语时，放在被修饰的词的前面;单个过去分词作定语时，放在被修饰的词前，但有时为了强调，也可以放在被修饰的词的后面，例如： The growing plants in our garden need more sunlight and water. B.分词短语作定语时，一般总是放在它所修饰的词之后，例如： The house standing at the corner of the street was built in 1980. 注： ① 现在分词作定语时，表示正在进行的动作，或经常性的动作，或表示现状。 Give the note to the man sitting at that desk. ② 过去分词作定语时，表示的动作是在句子谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生，或是强调被动。 The computer made in our factory has been used to sell tickets to concerts. 如果指的是一个未来的动作，可以用不定式的被动形式。例如： You are invited to a party to be given at our company at 7 p.m. November 4. 2. 作状语 分词或分词短语可作状语，说明谓语表示的动作发生的时间、条件、原因、结果、伴随情况、行为方式或对谓语加以补充说明等。 1) 表示时间、条件、原因的状语一般放在句子开头或中间，表示结果则放在句末，有时为了强调或明确分词或分词短语所指的是时间，前面可加when, while，所指的是结果，前面可加thus。例如： e.g. Finding no one at home, he left the house in a bad temper. (=When he found„)/ 发现没人在家，他情绪不好地离开屋子走了。 e.g. Given the opportunity he might well have become an outstanding engineer. (=If he was given„)/ 如果给予机会的话，他很可能成为一个杰出的工程师。 2) 表示伴随情况、行为方式或补充说明。这种分词短语一般不能用状语从句代替，它通常放在句末，但也有放在句首的。如： 主动 Studying Having studied 被动 Being studied Having been studied Studied e.g. She went down the steps into the kitchen, followed by her little daughter./ 她下楼去厨房，后面跟着她的小女儿。 e.g. Sitting still on a stone, the frog is waiting for something to eat./青蛙一动不动地坐在石头上，正等待着什么好吃的东西。

作分词独立结构

分词或分词短语用作状语时，一般说明句子的谓语，分词所表示的动作或状态的主体，一般是句子的主语，但有时分词或分词短语作状语时，还可带自己的动作主体，一般用名词或代词表示，放在分词前面。这种结构称为分词独立结构，如：

e.g. The work done, they put away their tools and left the workshop. / 工作完成后他们收放好工具离开车间了。 e.g. His health failing, he decided to retire from office. / 由于健康情况不佳，他决定离职退休。

分词独立结构有时还可由介词with, without引出，通常用于补充说明或表示伴随情况，有时也有时间、原因、条件、结果等含义，翻译时可根据上下文译为“随着„”，“„之后”，“由于”等，有时也可不译出，如：

e.g.With summer coming on, it’s time to buy air conditioners./ 夏天来临，该是买空调的时候了。 3. 作补足语

分词或分词短语可作补足语。要求分词或分词短语作补足语的常见的动词多为“感觉”和“使役”动词，有feel, find, get, have, hear, imagine, keep, make, notice, see, set, smell, start, watch等。 1) 作宾语补足语

e.g. He heard the clock striking six. e.g. We watched the workmen sawing the trees. 2) 作主语补足语

把上述句子改成被动语态，原来的宾语补语就成为主语补足语了。 e.g. The clock was heard striking six./ 听到钟声敲6点。

e.g. The workmen were watched sawing the trees./ (人们)看工人锯树。 注：

①在“have+宾语+宾语补语”的结构中，宾语补语所表示的动作往往是由别人来完成的。如： e.g. I had my tape recorder repaired./ 我已请人把录音机修好了。

②有些动词可由不定式作补语，又可由分词作补足语。用不定式着重说明已经发生了的事情;用分词着重强调动作进行的情景。如： e.g. I saw him climb over my wall./ 我看见他爬过了我的墙。 Comp: I saw him climbing over my wall./我看见他正爬过我的墙。 4. 作表语

分词或分词短语可在系动词(如be, become, get, remain, seem, stay等)之后作表语。如： John’s stories are amusing./ 约翰的故事令人发笑。

His fine qualities remain unchanged./ 他的优秀本质保持不变。 说明：用在系动词后面作表语的分词，其中大部分已被看作形容词。 Ⅲ分词的时态

过去分词没有时态形式的变化。现在分词分一般式和完成式，一般式表示的动作与谓语动词表示的动作同时或几乎同时发生。 现在分词完成式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前在句中不作定语，常常用作状语，表示时间或原因。如： Having heard the story before, she didn’t want to hear it again./ 以前听过这个故事，她不想再听了。 小结：

1) 分词作状语时，一般情况下分词的逻辑主语就是句子的主语，但在少数情况下句子的主语不一致，分词用来修饰全句。 如：Judging from appearance, he seems to be a strong man. (= if we judge „) 从外表上看，他似乎很强壮。

A) 分词作逻辑主语时，如果其逻辑主语与句子的逻辑主语不一致就应该有自己的逻辑主语，构成分词独立结构。分词独立结构一般位于句首，有时也放在句尾。分词独立结构由名词、代词 + 分词构成，可以表示条件、方式、时间、原因或伴随情况等。

如： The meeting being over, the delegates went out of the hall one by one.会议一结束，代表们一个一个走出了大厅。 Everything taken into consideration, his plan seems to be workable.把一切考虑在内，他的计划似乎可行。 英语单词记忆法

1. 借助单词读音记忆法; 例如：

reply (v.) 回答，答复 evil (a.) 邪恶的，恶魔的 spirit (n.) 幽灵，亡灵

--- reply (e在闭音节中通常发/i/ ， /i/---e;y在开音节中通常发./ai/);

--evil(e在evil中也发/i/， i 在evil中没有发音); --spirit(i 在闭音节中的发音通常是/i/); (补充：单词音节通常对应的发音) 2. 借助单词构词法记忆单词;

一部份英语单词的拼写和其对应的词义应该理解成是“约定俗成”的关系，需要考生进行强行记忆，例如： water：水 work：工作 sky：天空 boy：男孩 girl：女孩 doctor：医生 单词构成法帮助寻找一些单词之间的相互关系，并对单词形成理性地记忆，例如：

beauty(美丽) --- beautiful(美丽的)(beauty是名词，根据形容词的构词原则，把y变成 i再加上ful 构成其对应的形容词beautiful ) 例如：

aside, aboard(put/leave.. aside(把。。放在一边/部考虑。。); aside from..(除了);get aboard(上车/船/飞机)) “a-”(在，到)+ Side(边/侧面)= aside(在旁边/到。。的一边); “a-”(在，到)+ board(板)= aboard(在(到)船上/飞机上/车上); 合成法构成的单词举例：

workday = work (工作)+day(日子) -- workday(工作日);

workforce = work (工作)+ force(力量) --- workforce(工作力 ?全体工作者)

提示：在根据构词法推测出的单词含义牵强，费解的情况下，要借助字典准确地弄清楚单词的含义。 3. 联想记忆法： 例如：

man(男人)-- woman(女人)(联想：妇女除了上班以外，还得做家务事，所以妇女要做的工作比男人做得工作多， 因此需要在man的前面在加上wo (rk); 例如：

adapt (使适应，改编)/ adopt(采用，收养)(这两个单词的拼写差别在第3个字母上，adapt的第3个字母是a; adopt的第3个字母是o。 联想：要“适应”一个新的环境，需要从头做起， a这个排列在字母列表中的第一个字母就是“头”， 意味着“开始”，所以“使适应，改编”所对应的单词拼写应该是adapt; 剩下的adopt就是“采用，收养”)。 职称英语核心词汇推荐(30单词)： abandon v. 抛弃;

ability n. 能力;本领; (pl.) 才能;(the ability of doing sth./ the ability to do sth./做„的能力 ) able adj. 能„的;有能力的(be able to do sth./能够„.， 得以„.); abnormal adj. 不正常的，反常的;

about prep. 在„附近;在„周围;关于adv. 附近， 周围，到处; above prep. 在„之上;超过adv. 在上面;向上adj. 上面的;上述的;

abroad adv. 到国外;在国外(at home and aboard/在国内外; get aboard/上船/车/飞机); absent adj. 缺席的;;心不在焉的;缺乏的(be absent from../缺席„.)) ; absolute adj. 绝对的;完全的;确实的;

absorb v. 吸收(液体);吸取(知识);承担;使专心;使全神贯注(be absorbed in../)全神贯注于„.) ; abstract adj.抽象的;

abundant adj. 丰富的, 充足的(be abundant in../在„.方面丰富); academic adj. 学术的，理论的 accelerate v. 加速; 催促, 促进; accept v.接受;承认;

access n. 进入;通道;使用; 接近(have [gain, get, obtain] access to/得接近; 得会见; 得进入; 得使用); accident n. 意外; 偶然事故 (by accident/偶然地); accomplish v. 完成;实现;

according to按照; 根据...所说; 随...而;

account n. 报导; (书面或口头)报告;账目;原因;理由 v. 说明(理由等)(on account of../ 因为„.);take„into account/考虑到„.)， 顾及„.)) ;

accumulate v. 积累, 存储, 蓄积(财产等), 堆积; accurate adj.准确的;精确的;

accuse v. 控告;指控(accuse sb. of / 指控某人。。犯了罪 );

accustom v. (与to连用)使习惯于„(get/be/become/ accustomed to ../习惯了„.)); ache n. 疼痛 v. 疼痛;

achieve v. 完成(功绩等), 实现(目标, 目的等); achievement n.完成;达成 ;成绩;成功; acknowledge v. 承认;认为;对„表示感谢 ; acquire v. 学得(知识等), 养成(习惯等);

across prep. 在对面，在另一边在或从„的另一边, 穿过;越过, 碰上，接触(across the street/街的对面; a bridge across a river/横跨河两岸的桥;come across sb./ 遇上某人; put one's idea across/传达某人的意见; get a message across / 了解一信息) 词汇例题：

(2002年B级词汇题)The child’s abnormal behavior puzzled the doctor. A. funny B. frightening C. repeated D. unusual 分析：

abnormal = ab+ normal (正常的， 普通的)

unusual (非同寻常的)= un + usual (通常的， 普通的)

normal和usual是近义词， 而且构词方式相似，如果把D这个选项替换成划线词， 这样搭配结构含义是：“奇怪的举止”， 这个搭配含义通顺，所以判断答案是D。

小结：解题思路：单词构成结构的分析和搭配结构的含义。 (2003年综合C级完型题) The great newspaper war

Up until about 100 years ago, newspapers in the United States appealed only to the most serious readers. They used no illustrations and the articles were __51__ politics or business. 51. A. about B. in C. with D. of

A. 分析：介词是一种依附性的词汇，常常出现的固定的搭配结构中，所以注意空格两端的搭配：空格前面说“文章是”， 空格后面是“政治或商业”， 因此“关于”这个含义放在空格中恰当， A和D是可能的选项， 因为空格所在的结构是放在be动词的后面充当表语， 在A和D这两个选项中能这样使用的只有A.

Of 在表示“充当”这个含义的时候，往往是以介词短语的形式直接跟在名词的后面作这个名词的定语。如： a picture of him; a history of Russia; a story of war and bravery;

小结：介词是词汇和完型题中常考察的词类，当被选项中出现介词时，要注意借助空格所在的搭配结构判断答案范围。同时在复习中要注意具有详尽含义的介词在具体使用上的差异。

act v. 行动，做，起作用，扮演角色 n. 行为，法令;(act on: 遵照„行动， 奉行) action n. 行动;行为( take action /采取行动) active adj. 活跃的;积极的

activity n. -ties 活动;行动(social activities /社会活动) actual adj. 实际的; 真实的; actually adv. 实际上;真实地;

adapt v. 使适应;使适合;改编;改装( adapt oneself to sth.. /适应..) add v. 加,增添(add up to/ 总计为，总数达)

in addition/加上, 又, 另外;in addition to/加上, 除...外; additional adj.附加的, 另外的; 补充的

address n.收信(件)人的住址 v. 对...讲演或发表演说; (address a meeting 向大会致辞) adequate adj. 足够的,恰当的,胜任的 (be adequate for..胜任„)

adjust v. 调整;调节;使适合;使适应(adjust oneself to sth./ 使自己适应..) admire v. 赞美;赞赏;(admire sb. for sth./因„而钦佩某人)

admit v. 让...进入, 使获得(某种地位或特权), 承认(事实、错误等) (admit sb. into the university/获准入大学; admit sb. to hospital/把某人收治入院); adopt v. 采用, 采纳 adult n. 成年人

advance v./n. 提高(物价等), 增加(数量、价钱等), 提前, 加速, 拨快(时针) (in advance/ 预先) advantage n. 优势, 长处, 利益, 便利 (take advantage of/ 利用，欺骗) adventure n. 冒险, 惊险活动

advertisement n. 广告(= ad)

advice n. 劝告, 忠告, 劝告,(a piece of advice/ 一条意见; give advice /提出忠告; take one's advice /接受忠告) advise v. 建议, 提意见, 通知, 告知( advise sb. to do sth./ 劝某人做某事，advise sb. that../通知某人某事 ) advisable adj. 明智的， 可取的

affair n. 事情[件], [常用复] 事务, 事态(affairs of state/ 国务; foreign affairs /外交事务 ) affect v. 影响, 对...起作用[反应], 感动, 患(病)

afford v. [常与can, could, be able to 连用] 担负得起费用(损失、后果等)( can't afford to buy sth./ 买不起...) afraid adj. [常作表语] 怕, 害怕, [口]恐怕( be afraid of/害怕, 担心; I'm afraid/[口]大概, 恐怕, 担心) Africa n. 非洲

After prep. 在。。以后，adv. 以后， 后来conj, 在„以后 Again adv. 再一次， 又一次 again and again再三地， 反复地 l 词汇题例题解析：

1. We are to advise you that the matter is under consideration. A.inform B. suggest C. recommend D. advance

分析： 根据划线词所在的搭配结构(advise sb. that../)判断advise 的含义是“通知”， 所以答案是A。 经验提示：选项A， C和D 上容易设置答案。

inform sb. of sth. / inform sb. that../把某事告诉某人 recommend sb. to do sth. 劝告某人做„ recommend that „建议.. suggest that...提议..

advance sb. sth. 提前给某人..

2. As a teacher you have to make use of your methods to suit the needs of slower students. A. adopt B. adjust C. adapt D. acquire

分析： 划线部分是短语， 这个短语中有“use(用)”， 依据此而推测这个短语的含义可能与“用”有关系。 A和C拼写形式接近， 所以重点注意(提示： 答案往往出自有关系的被选项中)， 空格后出现宾语your methods(你的方法)， 与这个宾语能构成通顺搭配的是A (采用)， “采用”与“用” 的含义相关 ， 因此推断答案就是A。 adjust sth. 调试../校准..

adjust oneself to one's environment 使自己适应环境 acquire sth.(养成„，获得„) l 在线作业

1.Pick out the words in the following paragraphs, which are created through word formation, and guess the meanings of the words./挑选出由构词法构成的词，并辨别这些词的含义。 名词与动词的语法功能及复习要点 l 相关背景知识介绍：

英语词类：名词，动词，形容词，副词，连词，介词，冠词，代词和助动词 中文名词， 如：“天空” ， “电视”， “汽车”

中文动词， 如：“来”， “走” ， “听”， “唱”，“打” 中文形容词， 如： “美丽的”， “可爱的”， “大的”， “小的” One boy is a boy, two boys half a boy, three boys no boy. 主语 系动词 表语 主语 表语 主语 表语

two boys (are) half a boy, three boys (are) no boy 如: “洗手”, “起立”(中文祈使句) 如：“我喜欢英语”

如： Stand up! 起立 (stand: v. 站立)(英文祈使句) 谓语

如：The event made the news. (make: v. 成为)(这件事情成为了当时的新闻) 谓语

make the papers/the headlines/成为新闻， 上报纸

在英汉翻译的过程中，这动词和名词两个词类之间通常会出现 “词类转换”。如： I didn’t see what he meant./我不明白他的意思。

“他精通物理”/“She had a good knowledge of physics”

英文中的介词在理解和翻译成中文时在不少情况下可能需要进行词类的转换，如：

At the news of her son’s death, she burst into crying./听到这个消息，她放声大哭(burst into：闯入, 突然出现。。) Everyone is for equal rights./人人都支持平等的权利。 l 名词(n.)

名词指oil, memory, arm之类的词，大多数名词可以与冠词a/an/the连用。名词通常是人或东西的名字。人名(例如George),地名(New York)，叫做专有名词。

英语名词可以分为两大类，普通名词和专有名词。普通名词表示一类人或物或抽象概念所共有的名称，又可分为个体名词(e.g. book, ticket)，集体名词(e.g. family, the police, the committee)，物质名词(e.g. water, air)和抽象名词(e.g. happiness)。专有名词表示个人，国家，地方，机构，组织等的专有名称。如：China， Shanghai， the People’s Congress (人民代表大会)等。

根据语法意义，英语名词可分为可数名词(如： book – two books, cat – three cats, flower—many flowers等)和不可数名词(如：water – a glass of water/a basin of water; air—a roomful of air等)两大类。可数名词有单复数形式，不可数名词一般没有单，复数之分，但有些不可数名词(往往是物质名词)也可能会以复数形式出现，但往往表示不同的意义， 如：sand(沙子)/ sands(大面积的沙滩);water(水)/waters(大面积的水域); food(食物)/ foods(多种食品);coffee(咖啡)/two coffees(两杯咖啡);paper(纸)/ papers(报纸，论文)

个体名词都是可数名词，都有单复数形式。个体名词的单数形式就是名词的原形，它的前面可用不定冠词a(n) 和基数词one， 如a desk，one desk， a man，one man。 个体名词的复数形式有两种：一种是规则复数，即在名词原形之后加-s或-es构成，如：chairs, girls, roses, places, classes， ladies, glasses。另一种是不规则复数即不是在词尾加-s 或-es,而是通过内部原因变化或其他方式构成复数，常见的进行不规则变化的名词(职称英语考试中要求掌握)有：tooth—teeth，man—men，mouse—mice，child—children，medium—media/mediums, woman—women，foot—feet，curriculum—curricula，等。 中文和英文对一些物质名词的理解存在差异，在职称英语的复习中需要注意以下的词语： furniture (家具) – two pieces (件)of furniture

equipment(工具， 设备， 机器)-- three pieces (件， 台)of equipment

news(消息)(对比：message是可数， e.g. one message) -- four pieces (条)of news information(信息)-- five pieces (条)of information

cattle(牛) – six herds (群)of cattle;seven heads(头) of cattle paper – one piece (张)of paper advice – one piece(条) of advice

employment/work (工作)(对比：job是可数名词)

抽象名词大多是不可数名词，没有单复数形式之分。但当抽象名词用作可数名词时，是英语中词语 “抽象具体化”的现象。 以happiness(愉快的事情;幸福) 这个词为例：

e.g. After they got married, they enjoyed happiness. /他们结婚后，他们感受着幸福。 e.g. It's a great happiness to us to see you here. 在这儿见到您是令我们很愉快的事情。 与中文的语法类似，名词在英语句子里也主要充当主语，宾语和表语。如： student Students are our nation's tomorrow.(充当主语) I am a student.(充当表语)

The building under construction is for students.(充当介词for的宾语)

英语中的主语(主语是在句子中表明动作执行者或谓语所描述对象的名词、名词短语或代词。)和宾语(宾语是在一个句子中接受动词的动作或受谓语动词影响的名词或名词性词组，或在介词后或受制于介词的名词或名词性词组。)分别很类似于中文里的主语和宾语。而所谓的表语可以理解成跟在be动词后的句子成分。能作表语的结构可以有名词/名词性词组，形容词，介词短语和名词性从句。 名词中表示抽象概念的名词，如：艺术(art)，古典音乐(classical music)等，这样的词前面通常就不用冠词，如：Mary likes art and classical music./玛丽喜欢艺术和古典音乐。人名，地名等专有名词前也是一般不用冠词的，但海洋，河流，山脉，群岛以及含有普通名词的专有名词前通常要加定冠词。如：长城(the Great Wall)，太平洋(the Pacific)，同时值得我们注意的是专有名词除冠词以外通常其它单词的首字母都需要大写。还有一些固定词组里的名词和介词之间通常也没有冠词。如：on TV (比较：on the radio)。 名词常与介词(名词作介词的宾语)和动词(名词作动词的主语或宾语)形成搭配。在职称英语考试中与名词有关的介词搭配结构的考察是一个常见的考点：如：key/answer to the grammar exercises/语法练习答案; key for the door/门的钥匙; in the sun/在阳光下;make an attempt at/on/ 努力做..;而名词与动词形成的搭配结构的考察在考试中就更常见了。 2003年B级词汇考题)

The union representative put across her argument very effectively. A. explained B. invented C. considered D. accepted

A. 分析： 所给的被选项都是我们应该掌握的基本词汇，解题思路：“先局部后整体”(借助划线词所在的搭配结构)—“有效地...论点”， 判断A(解释/阐述)最合适。

再比如：在2002年综合C级的阅读理解题中，如果我们借助搭配(这里是动词和其宾语)有的时候是可以直接猜答案的。如：Supermarket 一文中的问题：

39. Who empties the basket? A. The shopper. B. The customer. C. The cashier. D. The purchaser.

解答：39题： 结合我们的购物常识，“empty (the basket)/倒空(篮子)”这个动作往往是 “商店出纳员/cashier (cash/兑现 + ier)”的行为，所以猜测答案为C; l 英语小常识(各种称呼)

e.g. Joe Michael (Joe是名， Michael是姓)

称呼外国人的时候一般是在他们的姓的前面加上Mr.(先生)， Mrs. (夫人)，Miss(小姐)等。外国人称父亲为Dad，称母亲为Mom，Mum，Mother等，称祖父母为Grandpa，Grandma等，有时称年长的亲戚为Aunt Mary或Uncle Jim(注意：在这样的情况下一般用名，不用姓)。Brother Jim, Sister Mary之类的称呼只用于天主教团体和某些别的宗教或职业团体。 l 动词(v.)

动词在句子中主要充当谓语(如 Jane opened the door中的 open; The child is very sleepy中的 is)。同时动词还以不定式，动名词和分词结构的形式在句子中灵活出现。英语的谓语动词的形态是以“时态”的形式出现，不同的时态用以表示在不同的时间完成的动作或保持的状态。英语动词共有十六种时态。在职称英语中主要出现的时态是(以动词work为例)： 一般现在时 work/works 现在进行时 am/is/are working 现在完成时 have/has worked 一般过去时 worked

过去进行时 was/were working 过去完成时 had worked 一般将来时 shall/will work

过去将来时 would/should (shall的过去时)work

除了以上在职称英语阅读中主要出现的八种时态以外，还有以下五种时态有时在职称英语的文章中也可能会遇到： 现在完成进行时 have/has been working 过去完成进行时 had been working 将来完成时 shall/will have worked 将来进行时 shall/will be working

对于动词的时态及其所表述的含义我们将在语法对应的章节详细讨论。动词是非常重要的词类，是构成句子结构的主要成分，接下来我们从句子结构的角度来对动词进行讨论。句子由于所用的谓语动词不同(即系动词、及物动词和不及物动词)，归纳起来共有五种基本句型。

Ⅰ、主语+系动词+表语(SVP) Supper is ready. 晚餐已准备好。 主语 系动词 表语(形容词) 1. The light was off. 灯关着。 主语 系动词 表语(副词)

小结：系表结构往往强调“状态”。如： e.g. He went out with the lights (being) on Ⅱ、主语+谓语(不及物动词)(SV)

1. The clock has stopped. 钟停了(中文中的“了”对应完成时态)。 主语 谓语

2. She sings well. 她歌唱得好。 主语 谓语

Ⅲ、主语+谓语(及物动词)+宾语(SVO)

Land covers about one-fourth of the earth’s surface. 陆地约占地球表面的四分之一。

主语 谓语 宾语(名词短语结构)

1. We do not know how to use it. 我们不知道怎样使用它。 主语 谓语 宾语(不定式结构)

Ⅳ、主语+谓语(及物动词)+间接宾语+直接宾语(SVOO) 1. He lent me a bike. 他借给我一辆自行车。 主语 谓语 间接宾语 直接宾语

2. He gives us a present of his photograph. 他将照片作为礼物赠送给我们。 主语 谓语 间接宾语 直接宾语

小结： 能用这种结构的动词不多，应该记住的有：give, offer, present, tell; 注意：

They provide us with food.

That company supplies paper to the printers. We’ve informed them of the news. We caught him by his left arm.

He cheated the old lady of her savings. The doctor has cured him of his cancer. Cure sb./cure disease 比较：

We congratulated him on his birthday.(我们庆祝他的生日) They survived the fire. (他们在火灾中幸存了下来) Ⅴ、主语+谓语(及物动词)+宾语+补足语(SVOC)

某些及物动词除要求带宾语外，有时还需要有一个成分补充说明该宾语的动作、状态、特征等，意思才完整，这个成分为宾语补足语。 We call the baby Xiao Hua. 我们叫这婴儿小华。 主语 谓语 宾语 宾语补足语

We consider this design practical. 我们认为这个设计切实可行。 主语 谓语 宾语 宾语补足语

小节：能使用这种结构的动词更少，应该掌握的有：make(e.g. They made him the monitor of the class.), keep(e.g. we keep the bird alive), set (e.g. They set the bird free ), leave (e.g. I leave the door open), 还有一种主语与谓语倒装的there be句型。there为引导词，be为谓语，be的后面为主语。如： There are seven continents on the earth. 地球上有七大洲。 There will be a change in the weather. 天气会有变化。

There有时和seem, appear等半系动词连用，表示“似乎”有。也是主、谓语倒装。如： There seems something wrong with the instrument. 这台仪器似乎有点问题。 形容词与副词的语法功能及复习要点 相关背景知识介绍：

Speaker A---I think you are the right person for the job. I’m sure you’ll do very well in it. So I recommended you to the director.

Speaker B---It’s very kind of you. I don’t know how I can thank you enough. 形容词：right, sure, kind

副词： very, well, so, how, enough

内容：Speaker A认为Speaker B是工作的合适人选， Speaker B向 Speaker A表达了他的感激之情。

英语小常识： 当外国人表示对你的欣赏， 包括对你的能力，服饰，行为的欣赏时， 你千万别谦虚的说“so-so(一般)”，因为外国人他们自己在这样的场合下是不会这样回答的，他们习惯因此而向对方表示谢意， 所以在这样的场合下应该说：It’s very kind of you to say so.或者 Thank you. 形容词性后缀：

-able/-ible/-ble “能够”e.g. acceptable (accept + able)可接受的， responsible (respons(e)+ ible)应负责任的，可靠的 -al “的” e.g. educational(education + al)教育的

-ful “充满。。的”e.g. beautiful (beauty – beauti + ful)美丽的, useful (use + ful)有用的 -ic/-ical “的”e.g. economic (econom(y )+ ic)经济上的, economical (econom(y )+ ical)经济的 -less “无/不/没有。。的” e.g. careless(care + less)粗心的, useless (use + less)无用的

-ive “性，倾向。。的”e.g. attractive (attract + ive)吸引人的, effective (effect + ive)有效的 -ous “充满。。的”e.g. dangerous (danger + ous)危险的 , famous (fam(e) + ous)出名的 -ly “。。的”e.g. friendly (friend + ly)友好的

-ish “稍微，属于”e.g. childish (child + ish) 孩子气的, Swedish (Swed(en) + ish)瑞典的 -ern “方向”e.g. eastern(east + ern)东方的, western (west + ern)西方的 -ant/-ent “的”e.g. excellent (excel(ence) + ent)优秀的，卓越的，杰出的 历年综合类词汇题部分出现的形容词：

2003职称英语B词汇题部分：manual, tender

2004职称英语B词汇题部分：content(satisfied)， durable (long-lasting),

从2002-2004年词汇题的出题情况来看，在15道词汇题中通常有2-6题是对形容词的考察。在04年的考题中增大了对形容词的考察比例。 B级和C级所考察的形容词基本上都是很常见的形容词，A级中考察的形容词大多数是也较常见的形容词，但是同时增加了通过派生法构成的形容词的考察(sensible，exhausted， contaminated )。

副词性后缀：

-ly “地”e.g. completely (complete + ly)完全地, really (real + ly)真正地 -ward/-wards “向” e.g. backward (back + ward)向后, upward(up + ward)向上

-wise “像的， 有。。特征”e.g. clockwise (clock + wise)顺时针的 , likewise (like + wise)同样地 作为基本词汇的副词在职称英语的词汇考题中也是频繁出现(以综合类的考题为例)： 在2002年职称英语词汇题部分出现：rarely(C), deliberately(B);

在2003年职称英语词汇题部分出现：evidently(C), up to now(B), accordingly(B), intimately(B), steadily (A) 在2004年职称英语词汇题C级：highly (very), merely (just), lately (recently)

在2004年职称英语词汇题B级：lately (recently), wholly (completely), notably (remarkably) 在2004年职称英语词汇题A级：notably (remarkably)

从上面对02年到04年词汇题中所考察的副词来看，词汇题通常有1-3个题是对副词进行考察， B级和C级所考察的副词通常都是常见的副词(包括程度副词e.g. highly，wholly， merely ， 否定副词 e.g. rarely和逻辑副词e.g. accordingly)， 在B级和A级的考题中增加了对通过派生法所形成的副词的考察。

在复习中我们要掌握较常用有否定副词(如：not, nor, neither, never, rarely, hardly, scarcely, seldom, far from等)，逻辑副词(如：however, moreover, therefore, otherwise等)，还有作时间状语和地点状语的副词(如：here, there, today, yesterday, now等)等。在文章阅读部分主要对逻辑，程度副词，表示时间/地点副词进行考察。如：2003年理工类C级中的阅读理解题中：(London’s first light rail system)

44. It appears that the Poplar to Straford section of the DLR route was originally developed to A. promote travel in the Midlands

B. encourage trade with the North of England C. create employment

D. make the transport of goods easier.

分析： 在做阅读理解题时可以采取“特征词定位”的方法。问题句中的“the Poplar to Straford section of the DLR route”就是特征结构(包含专有名词)，利用这个结构作为答案线索结构，同时注意问题句中的修饰词originally， 这样我们找到答案相关句： The Poplar to Stratford section of the DLR route was first (与问题句中的修饰词originally呼应)developed by the North London railway, built in the 1850s to link the west and east India docks(码头)with manufacturing districts of the Midlands and north of England.该划线结构揭示D(使货物的运输更加便捷)是答案。

英语小常识： “辛苦了” Well done. That Was(You’ve got)a hard job.(干得不错，你辛苦了。) 形容词(a.)

考试中对形容词的考察除了直接考察形容词的词义以外，还考察形容词中所使用的例外情况。 Exception1(例外1)：

修饰不定代词时，形容词要放在这些不定代词的后面。这样的代词通常在职称英语中出现的有：something, anything, nothing (e.g. something important/某件重要的事情; e.g. nothing important/没有什么重要的事情; e.g. anything important/任何重要的事情。 Exception2(例外2)：

如果是形容词短语修饰名词(形容词后还带有其他成分，如：介词短语)，则形容词短语应该放在所修饰的名词的后面，如： responsible for..对..负责的(e.g. the driver responsible for the car accident/应该对事故负责的司机 补充：应该掌握的常见形容词短语(形容词+介词)

1. absent from 缺席... 2. abundant/rich in 富于...

3. angry with sb/ at/about sth 对某人/某物生气,愤怒 4. anxious about/for 忧虑...,担心... 5. applicable to 适用于... 6. ashamed of 羞愧于... 7. aware of 意识到... 8. capable of 能够...

9. careful of/about/with小心...,注意... 10. characteristic of ...是...所特有的 11. close to 接近...

12. comparable to/with 可同...比较 13. conscious of察觉到...,意识到... 14. content with 满足于... 15. contrary to 违反... 16. crazy about 热衷...,着迷... 17. curious about对...好奇,想知道... 18. doubtful of/about怀疑... 19. equal to 等同于...

20. (sth/sb..) familiar to sb 为...所熟悉 ( sb. ) familiar with sth 熟悉...,通晓... 21. fit for 适合... 22. fond of 喜欢...

23. free of/from 未受...;免于... 24. guilty of 有...罪的 25 ignorant of 不知道...

26 indifferent to 对...无兴趣， 对...不关心 27 inferior to 级别低于...,不如... 28 liable to 易于... 29 loyal to 忠于... 30 next to 在...的下一个

31 necessary to /for 对...必要的 32 opposite to 在...对面 33 open to 对...开放的

34 particular about 挑剔...,讲究... 35 parallel to 与...平等,类似... 36 peculiar to ...是...独有的 37 patient with 对...有耐心 38 prior to 在...之前 39 popular with 受...喜爱 40 related to 与...有关 41 responsible for对...负责 42 sensitive to对...敏感

43 sick/tired/weary of厌恶...,厌倦... 44 short of 缺少... 45 skilled at/in 善于... 46 similar to 相似...

47 subject to 受制于...,易于... 48 superior to 优于...,级别高于... 49 suitable for 适合于...

50 suspicious of 怀疑...

51 sure of/about对...有信心,确信... 52 typical of...是...典型的,特有的 53 tired of 对...不在感兴趣 54 uncertain of/about不确知... 55 unique to ...仅存在于... Exception3(例外3)：

不是所有的形容词都有比较级和最高级的形式，有些词已经含有“最/更..”的含义，这样的词就不能使用比较级(more + adj./adj. + (e)r)和最高级(most + adj./adj. + est)， 这类的词有： excellent和perfect 从形容词的修饰和描述的功能来说，形容词从句在句子中主要作定语，表语和补语。 作定语 如：a red flower; a strong man; 作表语 如：He is strong and clever. 作补语

能带形容词作补语的动词并不多，在复习中可以只记住这几个词：make, leave(让...处于...状态),set., keep如：set the birds free; leave the door open ; Keep the tree alive; make me happy

对形容词的直接考察也可能出现在阅读理解题中，如“问作者对文章中所谈及的问题的态度如何”这类问题中，备选项往往都是形容词。在理工类的考试用书上有这样一篇文章：TV Shows and Long Bus Trips(文章难度B，C级)，该文章后有这样的一道题： The writer thinks that the end of the ride is somewhat like the beginning because both are A. exciting B. comfortable C. tiring D. boring

该题在文章中的相关语句是“The beginning of the ride is comfortable and somewhat exciting,..”和“The end of the ride is somewhat like the beginning. You know it will soon be over and there's a kind of expectation and excitement in that.” exciting 和excitement都与A呼应。

这道题也可以借助生活经验直接判断答案：问题说“旅程的结束和旅程的开始有些相似是因为两者都...”, 从我们的生活经验来看， 一般旅途刚开始的时候我们都会觉得有些兴奋和快乐，因为这是一段行程的开始;而旅途开结束的时候我们也通常感到快乐和兴奋，因为漫长的旅途终于结束了，因此基本上可以推测A成为答案的可能性很大。

提示：在解答阅读理解题时， 文章的主题如果贴近生活， 还可以直接借助生活常识和生活经历直接判断答案。 2008年职称英语考试基础词汇重点解析四(2)

英语小常识：英语中短语结构很多，通常短语的含义大致等同于其组成成分基本词义的组合，但是有些英语短语结构的含义与我们从字面含义的理解不一样， 因为这些短语常常可能带有某些特定的文化色彩。

high school ≠高等学校 (high school (美国)中学(英国的中学叫 secondary school) black tea 红茶

strong [weak] tea 浓[淡]茶] a white Christmas 有雪的圣诞节 a white day 吉日 a white night 不眠的一夜 whole milk 全脂乳 service station≠服务站

service station (给汽车加油及进行简单维修的地方) Rest room ≠休息室

在美国英语中，rest room是浴室、厕所的委婉说法

汉语中的“休息室”应译为英语中的sitting room 或 lobby。 副词(adv.)

副词是修饰动词，形容词或其他副词的一类词。如： He is very strong. (修饰形容词) I love you very much. (修饰动词)

He has finished the work completely well.(修饰副词)

注意：very作为副词使用时修饰形容词(e.g. very strong)和副词(very much)， 另外，very还可以用作形容词： e.g. The car exploded before my very eyes.(very作为形容词时是起强调的作用，可以翻译成“就是那个，正是那个，甚至”)

Much 通常修饰动词：e.g. Things haven’t changed much; 修饰过去分词： e.g. He is much loved by his family. 修饰形容词/副词的比较级：e.g. The exam is much easier than expected. 修饰形容词/副词的最高级：e.g. The film is much the best thing

he has played in.

有一些特别的副词在考试中出现的频率也是较高的：pretty(作副词是“相当”), dead(作副词是“完全地”), still(还作形容词“静止的，平静的”)

在英语文章中作为基本词汇的副词出现的频率较高，如下文：

Why is the Native Language Learnt So Well *(文章难度B，C级)

How(疑问副词) does it happen that children learn their mother tongue so(程度副词) well(描述性副词)? When (连词)we compare them with adults learning a foreign language, we often(频度副词)find this interesting fact. A little child without knowledge or experience often(频度副词)succeeds in a complete mastery of the language. A grown-up person with fully (程度副词)developed mental powers, in most case, may end up (副词)with a faulty and inexact command. What accounts for this difference? Despite other explanations, the real answer in my opinion lies partly(程度副词)in the child himself, partly(程度副词) in the behavior of the people around him. In the first place, the time of learning the mother tongue is the most (程度副词)favorable of all, namely, the first years of life. A child hears it spoken from morning till night and, what is more (程度副词)important, always (频度副词)in its genuine form, with the right pronunciation, right intonation, right use of words and right structure. He drinks in all the words and expressions, which come to him in a flash, ever-bubbling spring. There is no resistance: there is perfect assimilation. 形容词/副词的比较级结构和最高级结构： 比较级：more important/ more frequently 最高级：most favorable/ most economically 同级比较：as..as../the same..as.. /not so...as e.g. This apple is as big as that one. e.g. They work as hard as ever.

e.g. I study at the same school as she (does). e.g. The idea is not so silly(愚蠢的) as it sounds. 比较级：more..(than)..

e.g. He always thinks that he is more important than we (are).

e.g. This kind of accident happens more frequently than that kind (does).

提示：than是起比较作用的连词，其后面的省略结构中出现代词的时候要注意根据比较对象来确定是主格还是宾格，以及所省略的助动词的形式。 比较：

e.g. I know you better than he. 我比他更了解你。

e.g. I know you better than him. 同他相比较， 我更了解你。 最高级：

e.g. a most carefully prepared report e.g. a most important city

副词和形容词都属于英语中的基本词汇，有时阅读理解的某些题其实就是间接得考察副词(包括副词性结构)的词义及其搭配结构。在上一篇文章的后面有这样一道判断题：

The reason why children learn their mother tongue so well lies solely in their environment of learning. A. Right B. Wrong C. Not mentioned

答案为B。问题句说“儿童母语学得好的原因完全是因为他们的学习环境。”。很容易察觉该问题句的说法太绝对(用了solely(完全地)这个副词)，所以判断该句很可能是“错误”的。结合文章：

How does it happen that children learn their mother tongue so well?...What accounts for this difference?

Despite other explanations, the real answer in my opinion lies partly(部分地)in the child himself, partly(部分地) in the behavior of the people around him(学习环境).

显然文章中的答案相关句是由两个partly(部分地)引出的两个理由，看来“儿童母语学得好的原因”不是由“唯一的一个理由”因素的，所以判断问题句“错误”。

有些词以-ly结尾，却并不是副词，这样的词在职称英语复习中值得注意的有： sickly(多病的),deadly(致命的)， friendly(友好的), weekly(每周的), monthly(每月的)，(daily)每天的， (yearly)每年的。 提示：名词+ ly构成形容词，形容词 + ly 构成副词 还有一些副词它们的词义与词根的词义可能差别较大，如： badly：adv. 坏, 不良地, 恶劣地, 严重地, [口]非常, 迫切地

e.g. He slept badly./他睡得不好。(“不好”是该词的本义--词根揭示的含义)

e.g. The thieves' car was badly damaged./贼车被撞坏得很厉害。(“严重地” 就是该词的引申含义了，在这里badly = greatly) 还有副词hard与 hardly的区别， high与 highly (通常在短语speak highly of(赞扬)和think highly of (尊重)中都是用副词highly)。

职称英语核心词汇推荐：

amaze v. 使惊奇;使吃惊(be amazed at sth. /对...感到惊奇); amazing adj. 令人吃惊的 ambition n. 野心, 雄心, 抱负;

ambitious adj. 野心勃勃的，有雄心的， 渴望的 (A) amend v. 改正;修改;

America n. 美洲, 美国(North [South] America/北[南]美洲; Central America/中美洲; Latin America/拉丁美洲; the United States of America/美利坚合众国(略作U. S. A.));

American n. 美洲人, 美国人adj. 美洲的, 美国的(American English/美国英语);

amount n. 数量v.(与to连用) 等于;总计;总计达;( large amounts of money /大量的金钱, amount to/ 共达, 等于); (A)ample adj. 丰富的，充足的，富裕的 analyze v. 分析，分解; analysis n. 分析, 分解;

ancient adj.远古的, 旧的(ancient history /古代历史);

and conj. [连接并列的名词、代词或数词] 和, 与, 如: Father and I;[连接并列的形容词、副词]又, 而且, 如: Read slowly and loudly./读得既要慢些; [连接两个并列句]而, 而且, 如: I did not answer, and he, too, kept silent./ 我没有回答, (而)他也不作声;

anger n. 愤怒, 怒气

angle n. 角, 看问题的角度(consider all angles of the question /考虑这个问题的各方面); angry adj. 发怒的, 愤怒的, 生气的; animal adj.动物的;n. 动物 announce v. 通告, 发表, 正式宣布; annoy v. 惹恼，打搅;使烦恼 annual adj. 每年的, 年度的;

another pron.另一个, 类似的一个adj. 又一, 另一( one after another/相继地);

answer v. 回答, 响应n. 回答, 响应, 答案(answer the telephone/接电话; the answer to the question/问题的答案); anticipate v. 预期, 预料, 期待(anticipate sb.'s arrival/期待某人的到来);

anxious adj. 忧虑的,不安的(about, for), 渴望的, 急切的(be anxious about./为...而忧虑; be anxious to do sth. /渴望做..; be anxious for sth./ 渴望有(得到));

any pron. 任何一个, 无论哪一个， 哪些adj. 一些，什么(用于否定句，疑问句和条件句中)(in any case/无论如何);

anybody pron. [用于否定句、疑问句、条件句]任何人, 无论谁[什么人] (如：Did you see anybody there?/ 你在那里看见了什么人了吗?);[用于肯定句]任何一个人(如：You may ask anybody here for help./你可以请求这里的任何人帮忙。); anyone pron. 任何人;无论谁;

anything pron. [用于否定句、疑问句、条件句]任何东西, 任何事物 ，无论什么东西(事情) 如：Is there anything in that box? /在那盒子里有什么东西吗?(anything but/决不, 并不 ;如：I will do anything but go there./我决不到那里去, anything else/还有其他要说/做的事情;

apart adv. 分开, 离开(three miles apart/相隔三英里; tear .. apart/把..拆开; apart from/除„外); apartment n. 公寓住宅

apologize v. 道歉, 作为正式辩护或解辩(apologize to sb. for sth. [for doing sth.]/向某人为某事(为做了某事)); 词汇题解析：

a) The train came to an abrupt stop, making us wonder where we were. A. slow B. noisy C. sudden D. jumpy

C. 分析：借助划线词所在的局部搭配结构(..stop)确认答案。 Jumpy—jump + y Noisy –nois (e) + y (考研， 1990)

b) The book contained a large ___ of information. A. deal B. amount C. number D. sums 分析： 该题考察近义词的辨析。 deal n. 交易，买卖

a great deal of/ a good deal of 大量的(修饰不可数名词/time) sum n.总数，总计，总额

a large [small] sum of 巨[小]额的，大[小]量的 large sums of 大量的

连词，代词及冠词的语法功能及复习要点 相关背景知识介绍：

e.g. Where („的地方)there’s a will(意志)there’s a way(道路). /有志者事竟成。(there be/存在句型) (2004年综合阅读判断试题)

(from Riches and R omance from France’s Wine Harvest)

(Riches (rich + es) 财富，财宝; e.g. the riches of knowledge 知识的宝库。)

Traditionally, people used to take off their shoes and crush the grapes with their bare feet to bring out the juice. Nowadays, this practice is usually carried out by machines. used to: 过去常常„; take off：脱掉，起飞; bare：裸的，裸体的;无遮蔽的; carry out:开展;贯彻，实行，执行 their –people;

this (practice) -- take off their shoes and crush the grapes with their bare feet to bring out the juice 小结：

1. 代词通常前指，指代前文中出现的内容。

2. 在确认代词的指代对象时，要注意该代词所在的结构在其所在句子中具有的含义。e.g. their (shoes) – people; their (feet) – people; this (practice) -- take off their shoes and crush the grapes with their bare feet to bring out the juice 3. 同一句中， 相邻句中同一代词的指代内容一致;e.g. people used to take off their shoes and crush the grapes with their bare feet to bring out

在2003年综合类C级别的阅读理解文章中，在2003年理工类C级阅读理解的文章中都“不约而同”地在阅读文章中对代词的指代内容和冠词的指代内容进行“直接”的考察，现在职称英语考试已经基本上不对不定冠词进行考察了，对于不定冠词a/an，只需要有这样的认识：它们与可数名词连用，表示种类或者数量上的单数。如： e.g. I am a student. 我是学生。(a student表示“类别”)

e.g. A man left a message to you. (a man(一个人)和a message(一条信息)都是表示单数的概念。) (from New Foods and the New world) 综合类C

New foods: foods 是物质名词， 物质名词的前面不出现冠词;

the New world 是由普通名词构成的专有名词， 特指美国的北部，中部和南部地区。 32. “Some” in the last sentence of the first paragraph refers to A. some cocoa trees B. some chocolate drinks C. some shops

D. some South American Indians

问题问及代词some在句中的指代内容。 首先找到这个词所在的句子：相关语句：In London, shops where chocolate drinks were served became important meeting places. Some still exist today.

C. 解题线索：搭配结构：exist可以与前三个选项形成“通顺”的搭配结构，前句中可能与some形成呼应的复数名词有： shops, chocolate drinks, meeting places。 接下来有两个确认答案的方法：1。借助句意;2。借助前后句之间在时态上的特点： 从时态上看：过去时态和现在时态的对比正好说明了“shops”过去和现在的不同)。借助这两个方法都可以确认C(一些商店)是答案。 2003年理工C阅读理解的一道考题： (London’s First Light Rail System) 43. “This line ” in paragraph 3 refers to

A. the line from the Tower Gateway Station to Poplar

B. the line from Poplar to Island Gardens C. the Millwall Extension Railway D. the line from Poplar to Stratford

相关语句：From Poplar to Island Gardens, a new line crosses high above the dock waters, and then joins the old track of the Millwall Extension Railway, built to service the Millwall Docks (1868) and to provide transport for workers in the local factories. This line was horse-drawn for part of its route, until the 1880s.

C. 首先找到“This line ”所在的句子，根据代词前指的特点，判断只有B和C可能成为答案(前文中只出现了与B和C呼应的内容)。 the line所在的句子在内容上是在描述“在1880s以前the line(那条铁路)的情况”， 所以我们要选择的答案应该是一条早已经存在了的铁路，因此判断答案是C(原文内容表明the line from Poplar to Island Gardens是一条新铁路， 所以不是答案) 线索：时态。

在职称英语中对连词和代词的考察主要出现在文章阅读中，就题型而言主要在完型填空，补全短文，阅读理解这样的题型中涉及到。而对冠词的考察主要是在补全短文和阅读理解这样的题型中出现。而实际上考题中大都是间接或直接地在对这几种词类进行考察。连词的考察一般直接出现在完型填空题和对文章句意的理解上;代词的出现表明该词与其所在句子的前句或后句之间指代关系，在代词的学习中一定要形成代词大都是前指的概念。如：看见that就应该知道该词是前指 --指代前文/刚才提到的内容，如：That is what he told me./那就是他所告诉我的话; After that he left./随后他就离开了。而 this可能是后指也可能是前指(绝大多数情况下是前指)。其作后指用是是指代下文或即将谈到的内容，如： Don't laugh when you hear this./听了这个你不要笑。 生活英语常用句：

初次见面：(在彼此获知对方的名字之后，就可以接着说：)

1)--- Hello, nice/pleased to meet you. /--- Nice/pleased to meet you, too. 2)---How are you? /---Fine, thanks. And you? 3)---How do you do?/---How do you do? 连词(conj.)

连词主要在分句之间起逻辑连接作用。该词类的考察可能会出现在文章阅读中(间接考察)和完型填空题(直接考察)中。在完型填空题中有时会有1-3个题涉及到连词的选择。在复习中可以主要注意这几个常用的连词：and, but, while, when, because, though, although, if, as, as if, as though, as long as, as soon as, since(可以引导时间状语从句，表示“自从”，引导原因状语从句，翻译成“因为”) 。

and“(表示并列或对称关系〕及，和，与，同;又，兼” e.g. a man and a woman; 比较：e.g. a statesman and writer 政治家兼作家 (一般性了解) 比较: e.g. my mother and I 我和我的母亲

“〔表示结果〕然后”e.g. The sun came out and the grasses dried. 日出草干 (考点)

“(用于连接行为动词，表示动作之间的先后顺序〕” e.g. Try and (= try to) do 试着做一做 / e.g. Go and(= go to) see 去看看吧 (考点)

but“但是，可是，然而”e.g. He is rich, but (he is) not happy. 他有钱但是不幸福。not„but„(不是„而是„)(考点) e.g. He is not a soldier but a sailor. /他不是陆军而是海军)

“只能，不得不” (考点)e.g. They had no other choice but [to] surrender. 他们别无选择，只能投降。e.g. I can not but admire his courage. 我不得不佩服他的勇敢

e.g. This letter is nothing but an insult. 这封信完全是一种侮辱。 (〔加强语气〕简直，的确) (考点) “除(某人)以外，除了(某人)”e.g. No one replied but me. 除了我，没有别人回答。(考点) 1. ___ he saw both surprised and frighten him. A. When B. That C. What D. whom

主语从句。答案为C。空格所在的结构是主语从句，及物动词saw需要宾语。 提示：that在名词性的从句中只具有语法功能， 不能在从句中充当任何成分。 2. Tell me ___ you admired most? A. when B. why C. whom D. that

宾语从句。答案为C。空格所在的结构在句子中作动词Tell的宾语，空格所在成分在句子中也充当宾语(admire的宾语)。 (A Pay Rise or Not?)综合类B/C级阅读判断文章

\"Unless I get a rise(条件状语从句), I'll have a talk with the boss, Henry Manley,\" George Strong said to himself. George liked his job and he liked the town he lived in, but (并列分句)his wife kept telling him that (宾语从句)his pay was not enough to meet the needs of the family. That was why (表语从句)he was thinking of taking a job in Birmingham, a nearby city about 50 miles away. He had been offered a job in a factory there, and the pay was far better.

代词(pron.) 代词指it, he, their, theirs之类的词，用来代替意思更确切的名词或名词短语，如： it 指代：e.g. weather, time, a pen, a baby he 指代：e.g. Tom their指代：e.g. Tom and Mary’s theirs指代：e.g. Tom and Mary’s car 代词中包括限定词需要掌握的有：both, all, either，neither ，这些限定指代范围的词在词义上包含了后面省去了的名词的含义。 both:“两者，二者，双方” e.g. Which bottle would you like? --- I’ll take both.(both指的是both bottles, 在这里用作代词。)。 e.g. I don't know both(e.g. people). 我不是两个人都认识〔只认识其中之一〕。(考点： 部分否定结构) either:“两者中的任何一个” e.g. Either will do. (他们)随便哪个都行. all:“全部，全体，一切” e.g. All (e.g. people)are agreed. 全体赞成。 e.g. Not all lawyers have large incomes.不是所有的律师都收入高。(考点： 部分否定结构) 补充： large: (体积，空间，数量，规模等)大的，巨大的 a large family 多子女的家庭;/ a large population 人口众多。/ a large merchant 巨商。 neither: “两者中无„,两者都不„” e.g. I like neither. 我两个都不喜欢。 人称代词在句中可充当主语和宾语。作主语时用主格，作宾语时用宾格 e.g.She doesn’t believe us. e.g.They are always making jokes about me. 物主代词分为名词性的物主代词和形容词性的物主代词。名词性的物主代词指的是名词性属格代词，如：mine, yours等。名词性的物主代词在句中起名词词组的作用，可作主语，主语补语，宾语，同位语等，如： e.g.Theirs is the only house here that is being painted. e.g.I’ll do my work and you do yours. 形容词性的物主代词在句子中充当形容词的语法功能， 对其后面的名词进行所属范围的限定，如： e.g. Well, that isn't our business. 可是，那事跟我们不相干。 business: 事务，业务;事 e.g. What line of business are you in? 你是干什么的?My business is.../我从事...; It is none of your business. 不关你事，别管闲事; Business before pleasure. 正事要紧 ) 反身代词即人称代词的反身形式。如myself, yourself等。反身代词可在句中作同位语(强调)，宾语，主语补语等。以myself为例： 宾语：I bought myself a new car./我为自己买了一辆新车 用于强调：I myself was certain of the facts./我自己对事实确信无疑 主语补语：I'm feeling myself again./我又恢复了健康 英语人称代词一览表： 人称代词主格 人称代词宾格 I Me We Us Our Ours You You Your Yours He Him His His She Her Her Hers It It Its Its They Them Their Theirs 形容词性物主代词 My 名词性物主代词 Mine 反身代词 Myself Ourselves Yourself himself Herself Itself Themselves 代词的考察在职称英语中主要是 “在阅读题中要求考生判断文章中代词所指代的内容”和“完型填空题中要求考生借助上下文判断空格处应该出现什么代词”这两种形式。 而对指示代词this, that, these, those的考察也在阅读中时有出现，如：综合类阅读理解练习题“The Gene Industry”一文中第4道“西特勒试图作什么”的答案需要借助原文：“Should we attempt to eliminate \"inferior\" people and breed a \"super-race\"? (Hitler tried this, but without the genetic weaponry that may soon issue from our laboratories.)”。 “this”指代特性是正确解答该题的关键——this作代词时往往指代前一句中的整句内容(we attempt to eliminate \"inferior\" people and breed a \"super-race)。 eliminate 除去，消灭

inferior (质量等)低劣的，次的(e.g. Woman is inferior to man in running. 妇女跑不过男子;e.g. inferior goods 低档货) 其他必须掌握的代词：

Other： “另外一个;〔pl.〕别的东西，别的人” e.g. Do good to others. 对他人做好事。 e.g. each other 互相 (考点)

e.g. know/tell one from the other 把二者分别清楚 (考点) e.g. one after the other 一个接一个地(考点)

e.g. one ... the other 一方面是„，另一方面是„(考点) same: “同一事[物];〔古语〕同一人〔常可不用 the〕” e.g. We like the same(book)./我们喜欢同样的东西。

So: “这样”〔用作 say, call, speak, tell, think, hope, expect, suppose, imagine, fear, hear, do 等动词的宾词〕。 (考点)

e.g. I think so. 我想是这样。 e.g. I suppose so.=So I suppose. 我想大概是那样。 Such: “这样的人[物]〔通常指复数〕” e.g. I dislike such. 我不欢喜那种东西。 英语小知识：怎样开始谈话?

在跟外国人见面的时候首先和他们谈论天气，比如， 北京最近天气十分寒冷， 所以在见面的时候可以说： It is very cold, isn’t it? Terrible weather, isn’t it?

而对方的回答通常是表示赞同， 如：可以简单的说： Yes, it is.

或者：Yes, I feel freezing cold.

或者：Yes, I wish such weather would be over soon. 冠词(定冠词，不定冠词)(art.)

冠词任何用于引导名词并说明其用法的词。英语中，不定冠词是 a和 an，定冠词是 the。冠词也是语法功能词，不能在句子中独立使用。

在复习中对冠词主要要形成这样的概念：定冠词是表示“特指”，通常我们把该词翻译成“那个”-- 指代前文出现过的或谈话双方都知道的某个特定的人/物，如：the girl in the blue dress/那个穿着蓝衣服的女孩。冠词的考察在完型填空题中几乎了，但我们在英语学习中还是应该对冠词有所了解，知道定冠词的指代内容，了解定冠词和不定冠词的搭配使用特点。如：by air/by sea/by bus/ by train/by bike, at school/ at college/ at home/ at work, in bed, on TV (对比：on the radio), from morning till night, etc。 另外，我们需要了解的是虽然人名，地名等专有名词前一般不用冠词，但在海洋，河流，山脉，群岛以及含有普通名词的专有名词前一般加定冠词，如：the pacific, the People's Republic of China, the World Trade Organization。 抽象名词和物质名词表示一般概念时，前面通常不用冠词，但特指时，则一般要加冠词。比较：Scientific research requires patience(指“耐心”这个概念); I admire the patience of research workers.(特指“科学工作者的耐心”)

对于定冠词的考点就是考察带定冠词的词语在文章中指代哪个具体的人或物。比如，在2002年综合类C级的阅读理解题(第3篇阅读文章)中就出现了问“the world”指代哪个代词。遇到这样的考题首先我们要大体弄懂定冠词限定的词语所在句子的句意，并借助句意和其搭配结构判断定冠词所限定的词语的具体含义，有时我们还得借助上下文的句意才能做出词义的确认。我们还是来看看该题是如何解答的：

The world is not only hungry, it is also thirsty for water. This may seems strange to you, since nearly 75% of the earth's surface is covered with water. But about 97% of this huge amount is sea-water, or salt water, man can only drink and use the other 3% - the fresh water that comes from rivers, lakes, underground, and other sources. And we cannot even use all of that, because some of it is in the form of iceberg.. Question:

The phrase \"the world \"in the first line of the passage refers to___? A. you B. man C. woman D. they

答案B。首先考虑\"the world \"所在句子的句意 -- “世界”不仅饥饿，而且渴望水。依据该句意，对比被选项，首先排除A(你/你们)和D(他们)， 因此从我们的语言表达习惯上来说， 我们不把“你/你们”和“他们”称为世界，所以初步判定答案来自B或C。借助上下文： 文章接着说“这 (“世界”不仅饥饿，而且渴望水)可能对你看起来有些奇怪，因为75%左右的地球表面被水覆盖着。”,接着“man(人类)”一词就出现了，该句说“人类只能饮用和使用其余的3%。。”，根据该句句意在结合\"the world \"所在句子的句意综合判

断\"the world \"应该指代人类。

考点：定冠词结构的指代内容，man还有“人类”的含义。

对于不定惯词我们需要了解的是a(an)一般用于可数名词之前(a 用在第一个字母发音为辅音的单数可数名词前;而 an则用在第一个字母发音为元音的单数可数名词前。)，它们泛指“一(个)”，或加在可数名词前表示一类人或事物。在复习值得我们注意的涉及到不定冠词的固定词组有：on a basis of /以。。为基础, have a headache/头疼, get a cold/感冒, be a pity/遗憾, make a living/谋生, on an average/平均, with a view of/ 以。。为目的，go for a walk/ take a walk/散步， make an investment in 投资， have [take] a (good) look at (仔细)看一看 职称英语核心词汇推荐：

apparent adj. 明显的,外表的, 表面上的;

appear v. 出现, 看起来，发表(appear in court/出庭; lt appears that.../看来) appearance n. 出现, 外观[表], 面子

(B) appetite n. . (特指)胃口，食欲, 嗜好，爱好(have a good [poor] appetite 食欲旺盛[不振]; have an appetite for (music) 爱好(音乐)) apple n. 苹果

(A) Appliance n. 设备, 器械, 装置, 应用(kitchen appliance /厨房用具; an office appliance/办公用具)

Application n. 应用，申请(the application of science to industry/在工业上对科学的应用; applications software/应用软件);

apply v. 申请, 应用, 适合, 敷 (apply a theory to practice/把理论应用于实践; ;apply for申请, 请求) appoint v. 委派，任命, 指定，约定(时间、地点等)

appointment n. 任命, 约定 (have an appointment with sb. 和某人有约会。 keep [break] one's appointment 守[违]约) appreciate vt. 赏识, 重视; 感谢, 抬高...的价格(appreciate one's kindness./多谢厚意) approach vt.接近, 动手处理n. 走近, 方法, 步骤

appropriate adj. 正确的;适当的(be appropriate for ../ 适合) approval n. 赞成, 赞许, 批准

approve v.批准, 批准, (常与of连用)赞成，赞同(approve of../准许..; approve the plans/批准计划) April n. 四月(April Fools' Day/愚人节(四月一日);

(B) apt adj. .易于„的，有„倾向的 (He is apt to succeed. 他很可能成功) (A) aptitude n. 天资;才能 (have an aptitude for 有„的才能) architecture n. 建筑, 建筑学 area n. 范围, 区域

argue v. 辩论, 争论(argue for [against] a proposal/辩论赞成[反对]某项建议) argument n.争论, 辩论, 论据, 论点, ～ (for, against)支持..，反对..

arise v. 起来, 升起, 兴起, 出现, 发生, 造成(from) (arise from [out of]/由...而引起) arm n. 臂, 支架〔pl.〕 军械，武器 (the right arm 右臂) army n. 陆军, 军队, 大群(an army of workers /劳动者大军)

around adv. 环绕, 在周围, 四周, 在附近 prep. 在„的周围, 环绕, 大约, 左右(around 20 people /大约20人; hang around/在附近徘徊)

arouse v. 叫醒, 唤起, 激励(arouse sb.'s enthusiasm/激起某人的积极性)

arrange v. 排列, 分类, 整理 (arrange books on the shelves/把书架上的书整理好) arrest n. /v.逮捕 arrival n. 到达, 到来

arrive v. 到达, 来到(in, at), 得出(at)(arrive at../获得(结果);达到(目的); arrive at a decision 达成决议) art n. 美术, 艺术 (pl.)人文学科 artist n. 艺术家, 美术家 单词学习：

学习中需要注意近义词多的词：

e.g. apparent(明显的，显而易见的，外观上的): evident(明白的，明显的), clear(清楚的， 明白的), obvious(显而易见的) e.g. appreciate(重视; 感谢, 抬高...的价格): acknowledge (感谢)

Those gifts of rare books that were given to us were deeply appreciated/acknowledged. (CET-4, 1996,6 EMBA, 2001)

学习中需要注意具有特殊搭配的词： e.g. approach(走近, 方法, 步骤):

The traditional approach to dealing with complex problem is to break them down into smaller problems. (CET-4, 1996,6) 学习中需要注意有多词在拼写形式上相近的词：

e.g. arise (出现;发生， (人早上)起床， 产生于，起因于，出身于 ( arise from, arise out of): rise(上升，升起;(日等)现出), raise(抬起，举起(重物等);升(旗等)，增高(温度);提高(声音)，筹(款等) 练习：

1.Choose the best answer：(选自职称英语考试指定用书) (cultural Differences 难度B，C级)

Many travelers find _1__ easier to meet people in the U.S. than in other countries. They may just come up and introduce themselves or even invite you over __2_ they really know you. 1. A. this B.it C.them D./ 2. A. when B.if C.after D. before

(Canned Foods: Convenience and Nutrition 难度B，C级)

Fruit and vegetable canning is as simple _1__ when your grandmother \"put up \"tomatoes and other things from the garden. Fresh produce is taken from the field at just the right time, delivered to the cannery, checked, sealed and sterilized. All this generally happens in less __2_ 24 hours for the best quality and nutritional values without the need for any preservatives. 1. A. as B.than C.to D.same 2. A. to B.than C.about D. around

(Public and Private Schools in the United States 难度B，C级)

Americans offer __1_ great variety of reasons for doing so, including the desire of some parents to bring their children to schools..

1. A. a B.the C.some D./

2.Put in \"the\" or \"a (an)\" if necessary:

1. Do you know ___ time? Yes, ___ clock in ___ hall has just struck nine.

2. ___ youngest boy has just started going to ___ school; ___ eldest boy is at ___ school. 3. ___ first computer in ___ world was a lot bigger than ___ abacus or ___ adding machine. 3.What do the three \"it\" refer to?/下面三个“it”分别指代什么? (Dyslexia 难度B，C级)

However, research has shown that dyslexia is more common in males than in females, and it is found more often in persons who are left-handed. No one knows the cause of dyslexia, but some scientists believe that it may result from chemical changes in a baby's body long before it is born.

4.Fill in each blank with the best answer from the four given choices/从每个选项下所给出的四个被选项中选择一个最佳答案。(B/C级)

The development of Rubber(橡胶)

Here is the story of rubber. From the earliest time it was common knowledge to the Peruvians(秘鲁人) that when a cut was made in the outside skin of a rubber tree, a white liquid (液体) ___(2) milk came out(流出), and that ___(3) this a sticky (粘的) mass (块) of rubber might be made. This rubber is soft when warm, so that it is possible to give it any ___(4). The Peruvians made the ___(5) that it was very good for keeping out wet. Then in the early 1800's, the Americans made use of it for the first time. First they made overshoes (套鞋)to ___(6)their feet dry. Then came a certain Mr. Mackintosh, who made coats of cloth covered with natural rubber. From that day to this we have been coating cloth with (coat„ ..with在。。上面覆盖上一层。。) rubber as Mr. Mackintosh ___(7), and our raincoats are still named after him.(name A after B/根据B来命名A)

But these first rubber overshoes and raincoats were all soft and sticky in summer, and ___(8)and inelastic(无弹性的) in the winter when it was cold. But the rubber we have today is soft and elastic (有弹性的), ___(9) very strong -- even in the warmest summer and the coldest winter. This was made ___(10) by a man called Goodyear. After many ___(11), he found that nitric acid (硝酸) made the rubber much better, but it is not hard and strong enough. Then a strange thing took ___(12). A friend of his, Nicholas Hayward, had the idea in this sleep that rubber might be made hard and strong if fixed with sulfur (硫磺)(if fixed with sulfur/如果用硫磺进行加固) and put in the sun. Goodyear put this idea ___(13) the test, and saw that it did have more or less the desired (所希望的)effect -- though somewhat less than more. The only effect it had was on the

outside of the rubber. It is common knowledge(common knowledge：常识) now that the ___(14) to make rubber hard and strong is by heating it with sulfur. It took Goodyear four more years to find this method. When at last he did it, he had ___(15) at all. Everything of the smallest value had been used to get money, even his sons' school-books, 1. A)for B)to C) about D)with

2. A) like B)alike C)resembled D)similar 3. A) on B)from C)up D)in 4. A)use B)heat C)pressure D)form

5. A)creation B)invention C)discovery D)recognition 6. A)retain B)keep ```` C)hold D)set 7. A)did B)built C)tried D)conducted 8. A)weak B)gentle C)hard D)strong 9. A)or B)however C)though D)even

10. A)capable B)probable C)practical D)possible 11. A)experiments B)checks C)discoveries D)works 12. A)form B)place C)shape D)size 13. A) on B)to `` C)in ``` D)with 14. A) system B)style C)way D)direction

15. A) everything B)anything C)nothing D)something 参考答案：

1.Choose the best answer：(选自职称英语考试指定用书) (cultural Differences 难度B，C级) 答案1。B; 2。D;

(Canned Foods: Convenience and Nutrition 难度B，C级) 答案1。A; 2。B;

(Canned Foods: Convenience and Nutrition 难度B，C级) 答案1。A;

2.Put in \"the\" or \"a (an)\" if necessary:

the, the, the, the, /, then , /, the, the, an, an

3.What do the three \"it\" refer to?/下面三个“it”分别指代什么? (Dyslexia 难度B，C级) it1: dyslexia it2: dyslexia it3: baby

4.Fill in each blank with the best answer from the four given choices/从每个选项下所给出的四个被选项中选择一个最佳答案。(B/C级)

1.B.解题思路：被选项是介词时关注空格前后与之搭配的结构 --往往是其前面的动词，名词，形容词和其后面所带的宾语。该空格后是某种人(秘鲁人)作宾语，再结合句意判断B。

2.A.解题思路: 关注被选项中的“关系项”。首先重点关注A和B。再借助空格后的搭配结构--带名词作宾语，判断答案为A (象。。一样的)

3.B.解题思路：被选项是介词时关注空格前后与之搭配的结构。空格处与被选介词搭配的是动词 made。该句陈述句句的结构是：a sticky mass of rubber might be made (from) this. 4.D.借助句意判断答案“(因为软而易)成型”合理。

5.C.借助句意判断“发现(橡胶有防雨功能这种现象)”合理。

6.B.解题思路：借助与被选动词搭配使用的结构选择答案。keep their feet dry(保持脚干燥)是答案。 7.A.解题思路：借助被选动词所在的结构。as Mr. Mackintosh did.是省略句。 8.C.借助前文(夏天软)，则“冬天硬”。

9.C.解题思路：被选项中出现副词时往往要借助句意选择答案。借助句意(前后对比)选择C。 10.D.该题考察近义词的辨析。make sth./it possible是习惯搭配结构

11.A.借助句意判断“实验”是答案。work: 劳动;操作;作业;功课;工作;职业(pl.)著作，作品, 工厂;如：Shakespeare's works /莎士比亚著作;a gas works /煤气厂 常见短语：at work; out of work; hard work; in the works

12.B.解题思路：借助习惯搭配。take place是“发生”。take shape 是“成形, 形成, 具体化”，在借助句意判断答案。

13.B.解题思路：借助与被选项介词搭配的结构。 put to the test/使受试验 put to use/使用, 利用

14.C.解题思路：借助与被选项名词搭配使用的不定式结构。只有way带不定式结构作定语。 in„direction “在„的方向上”

15.C.解题思路：借助“左右结构”。not..at all(一点也不)是固定搭配结构。 介词，情态助动词的语法功能及复习要点 相关背景知识介绍：

在特定的语境下英语单词可以单独成句，英语句子可以是一个名词，或一个动词(动词短语)，或者一个形容词，或者一个副词(副词短语)，或者一个数词，或者一个代词， 如： --Coffee. (比较：boy〔表示惊奇(真的?)等) --Shut up!(闭嘴!) --Wonderful!(棒极了!) --Over there.(在那边)

--Two， please.(请给我拿两个) --Those? (那些吗?)

但是，英语介词和英语冠词是绝对不能独立成句的， 这是因为英语的介词和冠词都是依附性的词汇，它们的出现和具有的词义由其所在的搭配结构中的其他词类决定的。 (考研， 1990)

Michael found it difficult to get his British jokes ___ to American audiences. A. around B. over C. across D. down

C. 分析： 这道题中， 因为介词后面没有出现名词性的结构，而是作状语的介词短语结构，因此空格处的词不是介词，而应该是副词。 around

e.g. look around 环视，四顾(adv. 周围，四面)

e.g. sit around a table 围着桌子坐 (perp. 在周围，围着) over

e.g. She put her hands over her face. 她用手蒙住脸。(prep. 在„的上面， 越过„) e.g. Take this over to the station. 把这个拿到车站那边去。(adv.在那边，向那边) across

e.g. come across in a ship 乘船渡过河 (adv.越过，横过) e.g. walk across the street 穿过街道(prep. 横过，越过;(走)过) down

e.g. The wind went down. 风逐渐停了(adv. 向下(面)， 降) e.g. run down the stairs 跑下楼梯(prep. 自„向下)

现在让我们根据所了解的这四个介词的基本词义来判断哪个选项是答案，

Mike found it difficult to get his British jokes ? to American audiences. 迈克 发现 形式宾语 困难的 他的英国的笑话 介词 美国听众

借助空格前后结构的大致内容“英国笑话”和“美国观众”，我们猜想英国的笑话肯定要(跨越千山万水)才能传到美国，被美国听众理解，因此空格处最可能出现的是介词across。 get across to:使...理解...

这个句子的含义是“迈克发现能难让美国的观众理解他讲的英国笑话” 。

句中的it是形式上的宾语，句子真正的宾语是“to get his British jokes across to American audiences” 。 小结：

1. 介词一定出现在名词性结构或代词的前面， 或介词必须带名词性的结构或代词作其宾语，否则， 这个介词就可能是副词。如： e.g. She put her hands over her face. 她用手蒙住脸。(prep. 在„的上面) e.g. Take this over to the station. 把这个拿到车站那边去。(adv.在那边)

2. 介词总是和其他词类搭配使用：一些介词和不及物动词形成动词短语， 如：sit around a table围着桌子坐; 一些介词短语和名词搭配形成名词性的短语结构，如：his interest in music 他对英语的兴趣;一些介词和形容词形成固定搭配结构， 如：(be)good at English擅长英语;

情态助动词与话语的礼貌程度：

e.g. Take this over to the station把这个拿到车站那边去。

语气委婉: e.g. I suggest that you should take this over to the station. ”(这个句子是虚拟语气的结构(表示(建议/命令/要求的)动词 + 宾语从句(谓语部分是(should + )动词原形))。 如果我们要说的更客气， 更委婉， 我们仍然需要使用情态助动词的结构， 如：语气较委婉：e.g.Would you please take this over to the station?请把这个拿到车站那边去好吗?

语气更委婉： e.g. I wonder whether you would take this over to the station? ”请您把这个拿到车站那边去好吗?(I wonder 和would都是用来显示说话的委婉， 客气)

小结：1。情态助动词就是用来表示说话语气的助动词，其后面跟动词的原形;

2.有些情态主动词还和某些特别的句子结构连用， 如：表示(建议/命令/要求的)动词 + 宾语从句(谓语部分是(should + )动词原形;如： Would you please...?你愿意

英语文化介绍—与外国人交流的时候，什么问题不能问?(1) “你去哪里?/Where are you going?” „„„不能问; “你多大了?/How old are you?” „„„不能问;

“你挣多少钱?/How much do you earn/make?” „„„不能问;

“你吃了吗?/Have you eaten?” „„„最好别问， 可能会被认为是一种邀请。

“ 你的连衣裙是花多少钱买的? /How much did that dress cost you?” „„„不能问; “你的汽车是花多少钱买的?/How much did you pay for that car?” „„„不能问; 介词(prep.)

介词总是以介词短语结构的形式出现， 所以建议在学习中要注意介词短语结构所具有的语法功能和使用特点，在复习中建议注意一些常用的介词的基本词义和基本搭配。在考试中对介词的间接考察主要是以检查考生能否对文章中涉及到介词的句子的句意的正确理解的形式，对介词进行的直接考察，主要以完成句子，完型填空题， 和词汇题的形式出现， 如： 2003年C级词汇考题

In short, I am going to live there myself.

A. In other words B. That is to say C. In a word D. To be frank A. 分析：short: n. 概略;要点;不足;缺乏

根据“短语的含义往往与其组成成分的基本词义有关”，判断in short应该与“ 概略;要点”有关, 比较被选项, 被选项中a word与other words呼应，因此A和C是有关系的被选项， 因此重点注意(提示: 答案常常出自有关系的被选项中)。a word显然更与“要点”接近， 因此判断C是答案。 in other words 换句话说 that is to say 也就是 in a word/ in short简而言之 to be frank 坦率地说

介词所形成的搭配结构看似不固定的， 如：

live in Beijing/ live in Shanghai/ live in Chengdu /live in Britain go to Beijing

a journey from Beijing to Shanghai

但是这种“不固定”中却隐含着“约定俗成”的搭配规律, 如:

表示“在„(地方)”，如果在“大地方(如城市，地区，首都，国家等)”要用介词in: e.g. in Beijing/Shanghai/the north/the capital of China/China; 比较：in class(在上课中)

表示“在„(地方)”，如果在“小地方(如超市，会议，车站， 街的拐角处等)要用at e.g. at the supermarket/the meeting/the station/the street corner; 表示“在„(地方)”，如果这个地方是“线”的概念(如：街道)， 则用介词 on; e.g. on the road/street 常见的介词搭配结构形式:

1.与常见动词形成的固定搭配; 如：depend on„/ 依靠, rely on„/依靠, look after„/看管，照料, result from„/ .由„引起, result in„/ 致使，造成„的结果, protect „from /保护„不受到, prevent„from„/ 防止„遭受到„, die of/from„/ 死于, feed on„ /以„为食, live on„ /靠„活着

2.与形容词，过去分词形成的固定搭配;如：afraid of„/害怕， angry at„/因某事生气，angry with„ /对某人发怒， aware of„/知道，意识到，good at„/善于，satisfied with„/对„感到满意。(请参考在有关形容词的讲义中所列举的“形容词+ 介词”的短语结

构)

3. 与名词搭配的形成的固定搭配; 如：ability of „/做„的能力curiosity about„/对„好奇 key/answer to„/„的答案， demand for„/对„的需要， struggle against„/与„作斗争

值得我们注意的简单介词：about, above, after, against, along, among, around, as, at, behind, below, beside, besides, between, beyond, but, by, despite, down, except, for, in, like, near, off, on, opposite (opposite to), over, since, through, till, towards, to, under, until, up, with;

值得我们注意的合成介词：inside, upon, into, within, outside, throughout;

值得我们注意的成语介词：according to依照, except for除了, in front of在。。(地点)前面, instead of代替, on account of由于, due to由于, owing to由于;

分词介词：considering考虑到, concerning有关, including包括, regarding关于 介词短语在句子中可以作定语，状语，表语和补足语。

作定语 Who is the girl in the blue dress?/那个穿着蓝衣服的女孩是谁?

作状语 Of all kinds of electric motors this one is most widely used./在所有的电动机中这一台是最广泛使用的。 作表语 These computers are of the same type./这些计算机是同类型的。

作补足语 Everywhere you go, you will see machines at work./无论你到哪儿，你都会看见机器在工作。 课堂练习：阅读下面的文章，注意介词结构的使用功能和含义： (From The Building of the Pyramids)

The oldest stone buildings in the world are pyramids. They have stood for nearly 5,000 years, and it seems likely that they will continue to stand for thousands of years yet. There are over eighty of them scattered along the banks of the Nile, some of which are different in shape from the true pyramids. The most famous of these are the \"Step\" pyramids and the \"Bent\" pyramids.

Some of the pyramids still look much the same as they must have done when they were built thousands of (固定搭配结构：数以千计的„)years ago. Most of the damage suffered by the others has been at the hands of (固定搭配结构：由„造成)men who were looking for (固定搭配结构：寻找„)treasure or, more often, for stone to use in modern buildings. The dry climate of(所属关系) Egypt has helped to preserve the pyramids, and their very shape has made them less likely to fall into (固定搭配结构：陷于(某种状态)，变成为)ruin.

英语文化介绍—与外国人交流的时候，什么问题不能问?(2) “你结婚了吗?/Are you married or single?”„„„不要问

“你怎么还没有结婚呢?/How come/why you’re still single?” „„„不要问

“你离婚了， 什么原因呢?两人合不来吗?/You’re divorced. What was the reason? Couldn’t you two get along?” „„„不要问

“你信教吗?/Do you go to church?” „„„不要问 “你信什么教?/What’s your religion?” „„„不要问

情态动词(Model V.)

英语中常用的情态动词有can, may, must, ought, need, might, could。在一定的场合下,shall, should, will, would也可用作情态动词。情态动词都有词义，并需要同另一个动词的原形构成谓语。除ought后跟不定式以外，其他情态动词通常都跟动词原形构成谓语，有时也跟动词的完成或进行式构成谓语， 如： They must have gone to bed. He must be working in the lab. 情态动词的否定式都是由“情态动词+ not + „ ”构成。如：can not, need not, should not。

职称英语中对情态动词的考察主要在于文章的阅读和完型填空题中。在复习过程中我们需要了解一些常见的情态动词的常用语义。 can

can表示“能力”，“可能性”，“许可”。 后接完成时态的否定形式，表示对过去的某事情的怀疑或不肯定或惊奇。

如：Mr. Wang can't have completed (完成)the design(设计), he hasn't enough time. /王先生不可能完成了这个设计，他没有足够的时间。 could

作为can的过去式，也表示“能力，可能性和许可”， 同时could还表示委婉的语气。后接完成时态，表示过去可能做的或本来可以做的事情。

如：I could have lent you the money. Why didn't you ask me?/我本可以借钱给你，你为什么不问我? may

may表示“许可”，“可能”。后接动词的完成时态表示可能或也许做过某事。

如： She may not have caught the bus./她可能没有赶上车。 Caught是 catch的过去分词的形式， 含义是“赶(车/飞机)” might

作为may的过去式，表示可能性，允许等，或表示委婉的预期。后接完成时态，表示可能已做的，本可以做的事情。 如：we might have taken a later train./我们本可以乘晚班火车。 must

must表示“必须或应当做的事情” ，must作为“必须”时，其否定式是needn't。Must接动词原形还可能表达对人或事物的推测，有“一定”的含义。

如：You must be a film star. /你一定是个电影明星。

must后接完成时态，表示对过去发生的事情的推测，含有“想必”，“一定”的含义。

如：This carpet made by hand must have taken quite a long time. /这块手工编制的地毯一定花费了很长的时间才编成。 made by hand是过去分词的结构， 在句子中作定语， 修饰This carpet take: 耗费(时间等);需要(多少时间等)

e.g. These things take time. 这些事情需要花费时间。 ought

ought表示应该做的事情或推测。Ought后接不定式的完成，如用肯定结构，则表示本应该做的事而没做;如用否定结构，则表示过去不应该做的事情却做了。

如： You ought not to have driven like that./你本不应该那样开车。

如： You ought to have asked the leader's permission(许可) first./你本应该首先取得领导的许可。 need

need表示“需要”或“必须”时，主要用语疑问句和否定句。Need接动词完成时态，多用在否定句，表示本可不必要做的事情。 如：We needn't have gone to the lab./我们本来不需要去实验室的。 shall

shall作助动词主要用于第一人称将来时，作情态助动词主要用语第二和第三人称，表示承诺，规定，警告等。 如：You shall get what you want./你会得到你想要的东西。 what you want是宾语从句， 作动词get的宾语。 should

shall的过去式，也可用作情态动词，表示“义务”或“劝告”。也可表示推测或惊奇。 如：They should be back by now./他们现在该回来了。 should 后接完成时态，表示应该做而实际上没做的事情。

如：Everyone should have mastered(掌握) a foreign language./每个人本应该掌握至少一门外语。 will

will作助动词时， 可和一个动词构成将来时态，一般只用于第二，三人称。Will作情态动词，表示意志，意愿或猜测，或表示一种习惯性动作或事物的状态等。

如：Water will boil (沸腾)at 100 degrees centigrade./水在100摄氏度会沸腾。 补充：at〔时刻，年节，年龄， 速度， 刻度, 价格〕“在„”

e.g. at five o'clock 在5点/at noon 在中午/at Christmas 在圣诞节/at (the age of) forty 年四十/ at the speed of以/在„的速度;at the price of.. 以/在„的价格 would

作为will，would也表示意志，意愿或猜测或一种习惯动作或事物的状态等。Would在表示询问或请求时，要比will委婉。 can(could), may(might), must, should, would后常跟动词的进行形式，表示“”“可能”，“想必”，“应该”正在做某事的含义。如：What can she be doing this time?/她这个时候可能会在做什么呢? 职称英语句子特点及英语基本句型 职称英语句子结构特点： 04年理工类C级的考题(词汇题除外)：

阅读判断： New product will save lives， 该文章在主题上与科技有关。

概括大意完成句子：Ford ，虽然这篇文章是人物介绍性的文章， 但“装配线”一词已经明显地揭示了出题者选题的考虑， 这篇文章还是与科技有关。 阅读理解：

sleepless at night， 文章的主题涉及到社会和生活;

Florence Nightingale 这也是一篇人物介绍类的文章，文章的主题涉及到社会和生活; Human space exploration ，这是一篇典型的科普文章。

补全短文：false fear of big fish ， 这篇文章主题涉及到自然，环境方面的内容。 完型填空：migrant workers 移民工人，这篇文章的主题涉及到社会与文化。 结论：

理工类考题中出现的文章在主题选取上通常是科普类的; 卫生类考题中出现的文章在主题选取上通常与疾病与健康有关; 综合类考题中出现的文章在主题选取上通常涉及到社会文化方面; 文章的主题(题材)决定了文章的语言特点，如：

e.g. A well-dressed lady, who looked and talked like a Japanese, got off from the car. 这个句子的语言特点是句子结构口语话(句子结构简洁)，句中的词语是日常生活中的常见词。

e.g. The speech was a clear and unemotional exposition of the President's reasons for willing to begin a Japanese - American dialogue.

这个句子结构很正式，句子中使用了书面语中常见的名词性的结构， 比较：

e.g. The speech indicates clearly and unemotionally the President's reasons for willing to begin a Japanese - American dialogue.

职称英语考试中出现的文章在语言上具有专业英语和科技英语的特点。专业英语和科技英语的特点是句子较长， 句子结构比较复杂， 可能涉及到多种语法结构(如：不定式， 动名词， 现在分词结构， 过去分词结构， 介词短语结构， 插入语结构，各种从句结构等)， 被动语态出现的频率也较高。

2003年综合C概括大意与完成句子部分的“最难句子”： From Robots

Although industrial robots were originally developed as devices for simply handling 搬运objects, today their commonest uses are for more skilled work like welding (焊接), spray喷射-painting and assembling components. 句子基本结构：Although (简单句：被动语态结构) + 主句 (主语+系动词+ 表语)

句子中出现了被动语态的结构， 介词短语结构出现频繁。句子中出现的词汇绝大多数都是常见的基本词汇。 2004年综合C概括大意与完成句子部分的“最难句子”： From Fords

Instead of having workers put together the entire car, 组装整辆车，Ford’s friends, who were great toolmakers from Scotland, organized teams that added parts to each Model T as it moved down a line.

句子基本结构：状语(介词短语结构)+ 主句(主语+谓语+宾语， 主句中还带有插入语的结构) 句子中出现了较多的从句结构， 涉及到了定语从句和状语从句。

复杂的句子常常是考点设置的地方， 这两个句子也与文章后面的问题直接/间接地相关：

在2003年的考题中“Although industrial robots „”是文章中一个段落,其中一道概括大意题就是针对这个段落设置的：问题问及这个段落的主题。

A. ongoing research ongoing – going on进行的 B. extension of use extend–extension 扩大 C. robot heroes

D. greater reliability great –greater; rely – reliable –reliability可靠性 E. falling demand fall –falling下降的 F. hidden danger hide –hidden 隐藏的

根据刚才我们对句意的分析, 答案应该是B. 也可以走捷径: 句子“Although industrial robots were originally developed as devices for simply handling 搬运objects, today their commonest uses are for more skilled work like welding (焊接), spray喷射-painting and assembling components.”的主要内容应该是通过主句内容反映出来, 主句结构是: today their commonest uses are for more skilled work like welding (焊接), spray喷射-painting and assembling components 这个结构的主语中出现了“uses(用途)”， 句子中的中文注释“焊接”和“skilled work(技巧性的工作)”都在提示我们这个句子很可能在谈论机器人的用途。 提示：段落/句子核心词反映段落/句子的主题。

2004年的概括大意题也是对间接地涉及到了对“Instead of „”这个句子的考察。有一道概括大意题考察“Instead of „”所在段落的主题。这道题也可以走捷径：

The company’s assembly line alone threw America’s Industrial Revolution into overdrive(高速运转) . Instead of having workers put together the entire car, 组装整辆车，Ford’s friends, who were great toolmakers from Scotland, organized teams that added parts to each Model T as it moved down a line. By the time Ford’s Highland Park plant was humming(嗡嗡作响) along in 1914, the world’s first automatic conveyor belt could turn out a car every 93 minutes.

这个段落一共有三个句子, 其中第2句中出现了Ford’s friends(Ford的朋友), 这个短语揭示第2句是一个细节句, 第3句中出现了具体的时间(in 1914), 这也表明第3句是细节句, 所以判断该段的第一句是主题句, 该句中出现了“assembly line”， 因此判断B是答案。该句说“光是公司的装配线就把美国的工业革命投入到了高速运转之中”。 提示：段落的主题句直接揭示段落的主题。

职称英语的长句子可能带有较多的附属结构如：动名词结构，不定式结构，分词结构，介词短语结构， 从句结构等， 而且该可能出现从句套从句的结构。尤其是在B级和A级的考题中， 甚至在一段文字中也可能会同时出现较多的复杂句子结构。如理工类Mobile Phone(B级：2002年理工类阅读理解考题)中的第一段：

Mobile phones should carry a label if they proved to be a dangerous source of radiation, according to Robert Bell, a scientist. And no more mobile phone transmitter towers should be built until the long-term health effects of the electromagnetic radiation they emit are scientifically evaluated, he said. \"Nobody's going to drop dead overnight but we should be asking for more information,\" Robert

Bell said at a conference on the health effects of low-level radiation. \"If mobile phones are found to be dangerous, they should carry a warning label until proper shields can be devised,\" he said. 职称英语的句子结构特点归纳如下:

1.长句子结构复杂: 句子中从句, 介词短语结构, 不定式结构, 分词结构等出现频繁，如： (2002年卫生类C级考题概括大意与完成句子：Health Education)

In health education we must work with families, communities, and even regional 状语 主语 谓语

and national authorities to make sure that resources and support are available 目的状语

to enable each individual to lead a healthy life. (2003年理工C阅读理解文章Eta Carinae)

The problem in observing Eta Carinae is that it has been surrounded by a cloud of gas 表语从句

and dust, making it hard to see the star directly. 分词结构作表语从句中的结果状语

句中还出现了形式宾语的结构: making it hard to see the star directly (2004年综合C阅读理解文章Home Heating)

Home heating, which accounts for less than 7 percent of all energy consumed in the U.S., has had a commendable (值得赞扬的) efficiency record: from 1978 to 1997, the amount of fuel consumed for this purpose declined 44 percent despite a 33 percent increase in the number of housing units and an increase in house size. 2.代词/冠词结构使用频繁, 有时指代关系较复杂, 而且常常是考点设置的地方, 如： (2002年综合类C级考题阅读理解：A thirsty World)

The world is not only hungry, it is also thirsty(渴望的 (for) )for water. This may seems strange to you, since nearly 75% of the earth's surface is covered with water. But about 97% of this huge amount is sea-water, or salt water, man can only drink and use the other 3% - the fresh water that comes from rivers, lakes, underground, and other sources. 问题: The phrase “the world” in the first line of the passage refers to A. you B. man C. woman D. they

文章要读到“man can only drink and use the other 3%..”(该句说人类只能饮用其余的3%, 显然这说明了人类缺水, 因此人类渴望水, 这样该句的内容与the world所在的句子在内容上呼应, 对比这两个句子的内容判断B是答案. )才能让人读出“The world”的具体所指代的内容。

(2003年综合类C级考题概括大意完成句子：Robots)

It is estimated that 20% of all comic book heroes in Japan are robots. This is an enormous number because comics are so popular that they make up a third of all material published in Japan.

这个句子中出现了三个代词: 形式主语it; 指示代词this(指代“20% of all comic book heroes in Japan”) they (指代comics) 3.被动语态出现频繁， 如：

(2002年卫生类B级考题阅读理解：Natural Medicine)

Experts say almost 80% of the people in the world use plants for health care. These natural medicines are used not just because people have no other form of treatment. They are used because people trust them. (2003年综合类C级考题阅读理解：New Foods and The New World)

According to an Arabic legend, coffee was discovered when a person named Kaldi noticed that his goats were attracted to the red berries on a coffee bush.

4.句子虽然不长，但有时附属结构的语法功能较难辨别，如： (2002年综合类B级考题阅读判断：Norwich)

Today, in comparison with places like London or Manchester, Norwich is quite small, with 介词短语作状语

a population of around 150,000. 介词短语作定语

(2004年卫生类B级考题阅读理解：Global Cancer rates to rise by 50% by 2020)

Once considered a “western” disease, the report highlights that more than 50 percent of the world’s 过去分词结构作状语

cancer burden, in terms of both numbers of cases and deaths, already occurs in developing countries. 介词短语结构作状语

(供学员自己阅读)读长句子时，建议采用以下的步骤： 1. 仔细阅读全句，抓住句子的主干结构;

2. 找出句子中的所有从属成分，包括从句，短语结构，非谓语动词结构等;

3. 分析从属成分的语法功能，判断它们与句子主干结构之间的相互关系;注意指示代词，插入语等成分的辨认; 如：

(2002年综合类A级阅读理解：Effects of Environmental Pollution)

Perhaps the most commonly experienced aerosol is industrial smog of the 主语 谓语 表语

kind that plagued London in the 1950s and is an even greater problem in Los 定语从句 并列谓语 表语 状语 Angels today.

(2003年综合类A级阅读理解：”Salty rice plant boosts harvest”)

To overcome these problems, Flowers and Yeo decided to breed rice plants that take in 不定式结构作目的状语 主语 谓语 状语

very little salt and store what they do absorb in cells that do not affect the plants’ growth. 定语从句(宾语从句+ 定语从句) l 英语的基本句型

Ⅰ、主语+系动词+表语(SVP)(S—subject; V—verb; P--predicative) e.g. The flowers are red. 主语 系动词 表语(形容词) e.g. I am a worker. 主语 系动词 表语(名词)

e.g. The book is on the table. 主语 系动词 表语

e.g. The truth is that he is a liar说谎的人. 主语 系动词 表语

e.g. He looks like his father. 主语 半系动词 表语

e.g. What I want to know is when you will leave for Beijing? 主语 系动词 表语

e.g. It is important for him to be careful. 主语 系动词 表语 真正主语 Ⅱ、主语+谓语(不及物动词)(SV)

e.g. He has come back. 不及物动词后带作状语的副词 主语 谓语

e.g. They laughed at him. 不及物动词后带作状语的介词短语 主语 谓语

laugh at 1. 因„而发笑 (e.g. laugh at a joke 听了笑话而发笑); 2. 嘲笑 Ⅲ、主语+谓语(及物动词)+宾语(SVO)(O--object)

e.g. We had some bread and eggs for breakfast . for表示目的， 作为早餐 主语 谓语 宾语 状语

e.g. I like reading English at home. 主语 谓语 动名词结构作宾语 状语

e.g. We have leant that you would visit your parents tomorrow. 主语 谓语 宾语从句

Ⅳ、主语+谓语(及物动词)+间接宾语+直接宾语(SVOO) e.g. He gave me a book. 主语 谓语 间接宾语 直接宾语

e.g. They informed us that they might be 20 minutes late. 主语 谓语 间接宾语 直接宾语

Ⅴ、主语+谓语(及物动词)+宾语+补足语(SVOC)(C--complement) e.g. We considered him to a top student. 主语 谓语 宾语 宾语补足语

e.g. The news made him very happy. 主语 谓语 宾语 宾语补足语

e.g. They find it difficult to answer the question. 主语 谓语 宾语 宾语补足语 真正的宾语

补充： 某些及物动词除要求带宾语外，有时还需要有一个成分补充说明该宾语的动作、状态、特征等，意思才完整，这个成分就是宾语补足语。

e.g. We leave the door open 主语 谓语 宾语 宾语补足语

能用于“主语+谓语(及物动词)+宾语+补足语(SVOC)”结构的动词不多， 常见的有： set: e.g. set the bird free; 使处于某种状态 make: e.g. make me happy;

keep: e.g. keep the trees alive; 使„保持着(某种状态)

leave: e.g. leave the boy without care and support; 使„处于某种状态 补充：

Without: perp.没有;不

e.g. They have endured three days without food or water. (没有) e.g. Close the door without making any noise, please. (不) 还有一种存在句型: there be 的句型 e.g. There is something wrong here. e.g. There are two people over there.

英语句子中的几个基本句式:陈述句，疑问句，感叹句和祈使句。 陈述句分为肯定句和否定句， 陈述句和否定句(在be动词后加not或在助动词后加not)是我们最为熟悉的句式， 最常见的结构。 e.g. He is a worker. 其否定句是：He is not a worker. e.g. He likes English. 其否定句：He doesn't like English.

疑问句分为一般疑问句，特殊疑问句和反意疑问句。一般疑问句就是把be动词或助动词提到句首， e.g. Is he a worker? e.g. Does he like English?

而特殊疑问句就是在句子是由特殊疑问代词或疑问副词引导， e.g. what do you like? e.g. Where are you going?

反意疑问句由前后两部分组成，若前一部分用肯定式，后部分用否定式;若前一部分用否定式，后一部分用肯定式。反意疑问句句尾由“助动词+代词”构成。

e.g. He is a student, isn’t he?

e.g. He likes English, doesn’t he? e.g. He cannot speak English, can he? Ø 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

audience n. 听众, 观众, 读者(a large audience/很多观众); August n.八月(略作Aug); aunt n. 伯母, 婶母, 舅母, 阿姨; Australia n. 澳大利亚，澳洲:

(B级)authentic adj. 可信的, 可靠的, 真正的

author n. 作家, 著者(best author畅销书作者; joint author/合著者); authority n. 权威, 权力, 权势, [pl.]当局, 负责人; automatic adj.自动的,机械的; automobile n.汽车，小汽车;

autumn n. 秋, 秋季(美国普通称fall) (in autumn/在秋天; in (the)late autumn/在晚[深]秋); available adj.可用到的, 可利用的, 有用的, 有空的(be available for use/可加以利用);

average n.平均, 平均水平, 平均数 adj.通常的, 平均的v.平均为, 均分,达到平均水平(above the average/在一般水平以上, below the average/在一般水平以下, on the [an] average/平均); avoid n. 避免; 回避;

awake v. 唤起，叫醒, 激起, 〔用作表语〕醒着的

aware adj. [用作表语]知道的; 意识到的(be aware of/知道, 意识到; be aware that .../发觉, 注意到);

away adv. 离开, 远离 (Go away!/走开!; keep away from../与..保持距离; run away/逃掉; take sth. away/拿走; right away/立刻, 马上; far away/在远处) ; awful adj. 可怕的, 极坏的

(B级)awkward adj. 笨拙的, 难使用的, 尴尬的, (in an awkward situation处境困难) baby n.婴儿; 幼小动物

back n. 背，背部, 后面adv. 向后, 在后面v. 向后退,支持，援助adj. 早已过去的, 后面的(back and forth/往返;来回; go back to .../回到原来状况，回原处; put (或 turn) the clock back /倒拨时钟; go back on/食言; a back issue magazine /过期杂志; back seat /后座; back up/支持，援助);

background n. 背景, (个人出身、受教育)经历 (background music /背景音乐); backward(s) adj. 向后的, 相反的adv. 向后地;

(B级)bacterium n. (pl. bacteria ) 细菌〔单数不常用〕

bad (worse, worst) adj.劣质的, 有害的, 坏的(be bad for ... /对..有害; have a bad cold 得重感冒; go bad/变质不能食用); badly adv. 坏, 不良地, 严重地, [口]非常;

balance n. 天平, 秤, 平衡 ( keep balance/保持平衡; lost balance/失去平衡; strike a balance between .../在..之间取得平衡; be off balance/不稳);

(A级)bald adj. 秃(头)的, 无毛的 ball n.球, 舞会;

ban (banned; banning) n./v. 禁止, 取缔 (lay [put] (a) ban on../禁止(某事); lift [remove] the ban (on)/(对...)解禁); bank n.银行, 堤, 岸;

bankrupt n.破产者 adj.破产了的( go bankrupt/破产);

bar 酒吧间, 条(形码) (bar code/条形码; behind bars/在监狱服刑); bare adj.无遮蔽的, 空的;

barely adv. 无遮蔽地, 勉强, 几乎没有(barely enough/勉强够); 相关考题分析:

这道题是从(CET-4, 1997.1) 的词汇题变形而来.

1. Convenience foods which are already prepared for cooking are obtainable in grocery stores. 能得到的 A. ready B. approachable C. probable D. available

D. 分析：因为划线词出现在句子的谓语部分, 所以抓住句子主干结构： Convenience foods „are obtainable (in grocery stores), 该结构说“方便食品在杂货店里„”，比较四个被选项显然D(可以得到的)最合适。 ready： adj. 已作好准备[预备]的;心中准备好的 approachable adj. 可进入的, 易接近的;易交谈的

probable adj. 很可能的，大概的

这道题是从(CET-4, 2003.12) 的词汇题变形而来.

It is reported that most nations understand and support China on human rights issues. A. grant B. change C. abandon D. back

D. 分析: 该题考察的都是常见词汇. 假设不知道划线词的含义, 因为划线词有一个并列的结构—“understand/理解”, 他们共同的宾语都是“中国”， 对比被选项判断D(支持)最合适。

grant v. 授与, 假定(take it for granted that„ 想当然地认为„) change v. 改变，变更, 换(车、衣服), 兑换

abandon v. 扔弃(地位等)，离弃(家园);断绝(念头等)，戒除(恶习等)

动词的各种时态及其意义 相关背景知识介绍：

英语是通过谓语动词的各种表现形式 -- 时态，来标明谓语动词与时间的相对关系。 e.g. She is sick. 谓语部分是一般现在时态,结合一般现在时的结构的一种语意：表示现在存在的某个客观事实，所以判断该句的含义是“她(现在)生病了”; e.g. Mary gets up at six o’clock every morning. 谓语部分是一般现在时态, 结合句子中状语结构的含义(每天早晨)，判断这个的含义是“玛丽每天早晨6点起床”。从这个句子我们又了解到了一般现在时的结构的另一种语意：表示用于描述现在反复发生或习惯性的动作。 在时态上出题也是常见的考点， 如：2005年综合C阅读判断的第一题： For 2,005 years, Ireland has been the best place for humans to live in. A. right B. wrong C. not mentioned

1. B。 分析： 问题句的谓语部分用的是现在完成时态， 该时态表明谓语部分所表示的动作或状态是从过去某个时间开始， 一直持续到现在，并强调对现在所产生的影响。我们常常用中文中表示持续性的状语结构“一直”来翻译英语的完成时态， 所以该问题句的含义是“在2005年的时间里，爱尔兰一直是最适合人类居住的地方。” 文章中的答案相关句是：Ireland is the best place in the world to live in for 2005, according to a life quality ranking that appeared in Britain’s Economist magazine last week.划线结构用的是一般现在时态， 该时态用于描述在2005年的一个客观事实：“爱尔兰是2005年世界上最适合居住的地方” ， 显然问题句的时态和句意内容与文章中相关句的事态和句意内容不一致， 因此判断问题句的说法错误。 职称英语中常用的英语动词时态 Ⅰ、一般现在时 结构形式：

动词be除第一人称单数用am，第三人称单数用is外，其余一律用are。 动词have除第三人称单数用has外，其余一律用have。

行为动词第三人称单数由动词原形+s或es构成，如learns, teaches, goes, studies等主，其余一律用动词原形。 基本用法：

用于表示客观事实，现在反复发生或习惯性的动作以及存在的特征、状态等，常与often, always, sometimes, usually, once a week, every day, seldom, never等时间状语连用。

(来自2005年职称英语综合类C级词汇选项部分的句子) e.g. The earth moves around the sun. e.g. He is a physician.

表示按计划或安排好的将来的动作，常使用arrive, be, go, start, stay等动词。 e.g. There is a dancing party tonight. e.g. They arrive in Beijing tomorrow morning. 用在时间或条件状语从句中表示将来的动作。

e.g. When you see them, we will come to Beijing.

e.g. If there is anything I can do for you, please let me know. 一般现在时态否定结构:

1) 如果谓语部分是行为动词，在构成否定结构时，需要在谓语结构中的行为动词的前面添加助动词和否定副词：主语是第三人称单数时， 所添加的助动词是does， 其他主语，则在句子中添加助动词 do。 e.g. The earth doesn’t move around/round the moon. e.g. They don’t arrive in Beijing tomorrow morning.

2) 如果谓语部分是be动词， 在构成否定结构时只需要直接在be的后面添加否定副词not。 e.g. He isn’t a physician.

e.g. There isn’t any paper on the desk. 一般现在时态疑问结构：简单提一下:

e.g. The earth moves around the sun. -- Does the earth move around the sun? e.g. He is a physician. – Is he a physician?

e.g. They don’t arrive in Beijing tomorrow morning.—Don’t they arrive in Beijing tomorrow morning? 练习与体会：

(卫生类C/B级文章：smoking)

(1)Smoke is a mixture of gases, vaporized chemicals, minute particles of ash and other solids. (2)There is also nicotine, which is powerful poison, and black tar. (3)As smoke is breathed in, (4)all those components form deposits on the membranes of the lungs. Ⅱ、一般过去时 1. 形式

1) 动词be除第一人称单数和第三人称单数用was外，其余一律用were。 2) 动词have一律用had。

3) 行为动词过去时的形式分两种：规则动词和不规则动词。前者由动词原形+(e)d构成，如worked, used, studied, stopped等，后者如made, said, wrote等，属于不规则的构成形式， 须逐个记忆。 过去式/过去分词构成不规则的动词，常见的有： make –made –made; say – said – said write – wrote – written go – went – gone do– did – done leave –left –left sleep – slept – slept rise –rose –risen arise –arose –arisen drive --drove –driven drink – drunk – drunk take –took –taken put – put –put beat –beat – beaten come –came –come run –ran –run

choose –chose –chosen give –gave –given cut –cut—cut

break – broke –broken meet – met --met ring –rang –rung beat – beat --beaten 一般过去时态基本用法

用于表示过去的某时刻或某一时期内的动作或状态。常与表明过去时间的状语连用，如yesterday, then, just now, that month, two days ago, 或由when或while等引导的表明过去时间的状语从句。 e.g. We met him last month. e.g. They stayed at home yesterday. e.g. He was a doctor. 一般过去时态否定结构的构成：

1) 如果谓语部分是行为动词，在构成否定结构时， 需要在谓语结构中的行为动词的前面添加助动词did和否定副词，并且需要把原来谓语部分的过去分词结构还原成动词的原形。

e.g. We met him last month.-- We didn’t meet him last month.

e.g. They stayed at home yesterday.—They didn’t stay at home yesterday.

2) 如果谓语部分是be动词， 在构成否定结构时只需要直接在be的后面添加否定副词not。 e.g. He wasn’t out yesterday.

e.g. There wasn’t anyone in the room just now. (anyone –anybody) 一般过去时态疑问结构：简单提一下:

e.g. We met him last month. – Did you meet him last month? e.g. He was out. – Was he out?

e.g. he wasn’t out yesterday.—Wasn’t he out yesterday? 练习与体会：

(2004年理工Hurricanes)

(1)Did you know that before 1950, hurricanes had no names? (2)They were simply given numbers. (3)The first names were simply Alpha, Bravo, Charlie, etc. (4)But in 1953, female names were given because of the unpredictability (不可预知) factor of the storms. Ⅲ、一般将来时 1. 形式

第一人称后接：“shall+动词原形” 第二、三人称后接：“will+动词原形”

注：在美国英语中第一、二、三人称都用“will +动词原形” 2. 基本用法：

用在表示将来的动作或状态：shall/will + v.

〔表示预想、预言、猜测等〕〔第一人称用 shall〕将„，会。 e.g. We will/shall win. 我们将会赢的。 e.g. He will let you know. 他将会让你知道的。

〔主语为第一人称时与未实现的意愿有关, 表示约定、意愿、主张、选择等〕要，想要 e.g. We shall (will) go to Nanjing tomorrow morning. 我们明天早上要去南京。 e.g. we will/shall invite you to our party. 我们想邀请你参加我们的宴会。 e.g. I will/shall be a good boy for the future. 我以后想要做一个好孩子。 3. 表示将来时态的其他形式与用法：

1)“be going to+动词原形”表示很快就要发生的事情或打算要做的事。 e.g. It’s going to rain. 天快要下雨了。

e.g. We are going to/will visit Beijing next week. 2)“be to+动词原形”表示安排好的动作或要求别人去做的事。

e.g. You are not to bring any materials to the exam room. 你们不得将任何材料带进考场。 e.g. He is to/will see me today. 他今天将要来看我。

e.g. They are to/ will be married in May. 他们预定在五月结婚。 3)“be about to+动词原形”表示即将发生的或正要做的事。 e.g. The conference is about to begin. 大会即将开始。

4)“be+现在分词”有时可表示按计划即将发生的一个动作，但仅适用于少数的某些动词(如arrive, come, go, leave, start等)而且常跟表示较近将来的时间状语连用。

e.g. Our classmates are coming to see us the day after tomorrow.后天我们的同学将来看我们。 e.g. The bus is leaving. 汽车就要开了。 4. 一般将来时态的否定结构

e.g. We shall (will) go to Nanjing tomorrow morning. -- We shall (will) not go to Nanjing tomorrow morning. e.g. It’s going to rain. – It isn’t going to rain. 5. 一般将来时态的疑问句结构

e.g. We shall (will) go to Nanjing tomorrow morning. – Shall/Will we go to Nanjing tomorrow morning? e.g. It’s going to rain. – Is it going to rain? 练习与体会：

(理工C级 Look after your Voice)

If you are willing to change, you will soon be able to say that you will never forget these techniques because they became a part of your life. Ⅳ、现在完成时 1. 形式：

1) 现在完成时由助动词have(has)+过去分词构成。除第三人称单数用has外，其他人称一律用have。

2) 过去分词的形式有规则的和不规则的两种。前者由动词原形+(e)d构成，如worked, used, studied, stopped等，后者如made, gone, written, cut等，须逐个记忆。 2.基本用法：

1)用于表示动作现在已经完成： e.g. We have just come back.

e.g. She has written three books up to now.

2)表示过去发生但对现在有影响的动作。可以不用时间状语，但也可和一些不确定过去时间的副词连用，如already, before, ever, never, just, once, recently ,yet等，例如:

e.g. Who has broken the window? 谁把窗户玻璃打破了?

e.g. We have never seen such a film before.我们以前从没有看过这样的一部电影。

3) 也可表示过去某时开始的动作一直延续到现在,而且可能继续延续下去, 常和for引导的短语或和since引导的短语或从句连用。 e.g. We have studied English for more than 10 years. e.g. He has lived here since he divorced Mary. 3. 完成时态的否定结构

e.g. We have seen such a film before. – We haven’t seen such a film before./We have never seen such a film before. /We have rarely/hardly seen such a film before. 练习与体会：

(综合C级The Barbie Dolls)

Barbie has undergone a lot of changes over the years and has managed to keep up with current trends in hairstyles, makeup and clothing.

以下还有几种时态也较常出现在职称英语的文章中。 Ⅴ、现在进行时(The Present Continuous Tense) 1. 形式：

1) 现在进行时由助动词am, is, are+现在分词构成。第一人称单数用am，第三人称单数用is，其他人称一律用are。 2) 现在分词由动词原形+ing构成，如learning, making, stopping等。 2. 基本用法

4) 用在此刻正在进行的动作。 e.g. What are you doing here?

5) 表示现阶段正在进行的动作，而此刻并不一定在进行。

e.g. We are doing an experiment this month..我们这个月在做一个实验(说话时不一定在做实验)。 3. 现在进行时态的否定结构:

e.g. We are doing an experiment this month. – We are not„ 4. 现在进行时态的疑问句结构:

e.g. We are doing an experiment this month. – Are you doing„ 练习与体会：

(综合A/B级：Importance of services)

These people argue that manufacturing jobs, which have been the economic foundation of America’s middle class, are vanishing. They claim that factory workers are being replaced with a host of low-wage earners. Ⅵ、过去将来时

由“shall或will的过去式should或would+动词原形”构成。

表示在过去某一时刻之后将要发生的动作或情况。过去将来时态如果出现在从句中， 则主句谓语动词通常是是一般过去时。如： e.g. We wanted to know when the English class would begin. 过去将来时的否定和疑问结构：

e.g. We would like to have some hamburgers. e.g. We would not like to have some hamburgers.

e.g. Would you like to have some hamburgers? 练习与体会：

(综合A/B级：Plants and Mankind)

From then on humans would increasingly make their living from the controlled production of a few plants„. earn [get, make] one's living 谋生 Ⅶ、过去进行时(the past continuous tense) 过去进行时由“was (were)+现在分词”构成。

表示过去某一时刻或某阶段正在进行的动作，通常带有一个表示过去时间的状语或时间状语从句结构 e.g. We were having a meeting at two thirty yesterday afternoon. 练习与体会：

(卫生2002年C级阅读理解考题：On the Train)

As he turned out his pocket to find enough money he saw the gentleman was watching him with amusement.. Donald realized that he was in quite an awkward situation, but the man was smiling. Ⅷ、过去完成时(The Past Perfect Tense)

由\"had+过去分词\"构成该时态的谓语,各人称都一样。

表示在过去某一时刻或动作之前已经完成的动作,这个到过去某一时刻为止的时间常用by, before等介词或连词引导的短语或从句以状语形式来表示。

e.g. By the end of July last year, I had worked for forty years. 注意：

含有after, as soon as, before等连词引导的状语从句的复合句中，由于连词本身已明确动作发生的次序,所以,这个从句也可以用一般过去时表示，不用过去完成时。如：

e.g. Students went out after the bell rang. 铃响后同学们出去了

e.g. I informed him of the progress of the work as soon as I arrived here 我一到这里就把工作进程告诉了他。 练习与体会：

(综合C级：The Cherokee Nation)

The Cherokees refused to go. They had lived on their lands for centuries.

When the last group arrived in their new home in March 1839, more than 4,000 had died. 以下还有两种时态偶尔我们也可能会在职称英语的文章中遇到： Ⅸ、将来完成时(The Future Perfect Tense) 第一人称:shall (will)+have+过去分词 第二、三人称:will + have+过去分词 表示在将来某一时刻之前完成的动作。如:

e.g. By this time next year they will have built a hotel here.

e.g. Hurry up! Or the train will have left before we get to the station. 2005年理工类阅读理解部分考题文章: From Almost Human?

Scientists are racing to build the world’s first thinking robot. That is not science fiction: some say they will have made it by the year 2020.

Ⅹ、现在完成进行时(The Present Perfect Continuous Tense) 第三人称单数:has + been+ 现在分词 其余人称:have + been+ 现在分词

表示从过去某一时间开始,一直延续到现在的动作,可能会继续进行下去或是到说话时结束,但强调到说话时为止一直在进行的动作。常与表示一段时间的状语连用。如:for years, since early morning等。 e.g. They have been studying English for years. e.g. He has been done English since early morning. do: 处理;修理;收拾(房间等);洗;整(容);预备(功课);解答(问题) do the dishes 洗碗 do one's face 整容，化妆 do one's hair 梳头发，做头发

do the room [kitchen]收拾房间[厨房] do one's homework 做作业，做功 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

base n. 底, 基础,基地v. 根据， 基于(be based on/upon: 基于); basic adj. 基本的，基础的，主要的，首要的;

basis n.基础, 基本, 根据(on the basis of/ 以..为基础); basketball n. 篮球;

battle n. 战役(指大规模会战), 战争;

be v. 是，就是;在，存在 aux.v. [与动词的现在分词连用, 构成各种进行时态]; [与及物动词的过去分词连用, 构成被动语态]e.g. The bridge was built in 1982./这桥建于1982年。[与动词不定式连用, 表示职责、义务、意图、约定、可能性等] e.g. I am to visit Mr. Green tomorrow./我明天要去拜访格林先生„[用于表示虚拟语气]e.g. If I were you, .../假如我是你的话...

bear n.熊v. (bore, borne)负担, 忍受, 生产(农作物或水果)(bear„ in mind/牢记„在心 ) (bear – endure—stand – tolerate/忍受)

beat v. 打, 敲, 击败, 【音】打(拍子)，(心脏等)跳动(heart beats. /心脏跳动; beat sb. /战胜..; beat time/打拍子 ; a heartbeat /心跳声);

beautiful adj.美丽的, 很好的; (beautiful –pretty – handsome –lovely –good-looking – smart/美丽的, 漂亮的) beauty n. 美, 美丽, 美人(beauty art/ 美容术, 化妆术; beauty contest/选美会;

because conj. 因为 (because 引导从句，而 because of 引导名词性短语，如：I do it because I like it. /我做这件事是因为我喜欢; He eats because of greed, not hunger. 他不是因为饿了,而是因为贪嘴才吃的。); become (became, become) v. 变为, 成为, 适合;

bed n. 床, (苗)床, (花)坛(make one's bed/整理床铺; go to bed/上床，上床睡觉; single [double] bed/单人[双人]床; lie in bed/躺在床上);

bedroom n. 卧室, 寝室; bee n. 蜂, 蜜蜂, 忙碌的人; beef n. 牛肉;

beer n. 啤酒, 一份啤酒

before adv.在前, 以前; prep.在...之前; conj.在...之前 (the day before yesterday /前天 ); (A级) beforehand adv. 事先, 预先; beforehand = in advance

begin: (began, begun, beginning) v.开始, 首先( begin to do sth./开始..; to begin with/首先; beginner n. 初学者;

beginning n. 开始, 起点, 开端部分 adj. 初等的, 初级的( at the beginning/从一开始; at the beginning of/在...初; from beginning to end; in the beginning/当初, 开始时);

behalf n. 利益, 代表 (on behalf of/代表, 为了; on sb.'s behalf/以某人的名义, 代表某人); behavior n.举止, 行为;

behind prep. 在„后面;向„后面;

being (be的现在分词)n. 存在, 存在物(a human being/人; for the time being/暂时, 目前);

belief (pl. beliefs) n. (宗教)信仰, 信心, 信条(have a strong belief in sth. /虔诚地信仰..; beyond belief/令人难以置信);

believe v. 相信, 信任, 认为, 想 (believe sb. /信任某人; believe in/信仰, 信任; believe it or not/信不信由你); belong v. 属于(to), 合适, 对„合适或有用(belong to/属于);

below prep. 在„的下面, 低于„ adv. 在较低处, 在下面(be below [sb., sth.]低于, 级别低于(某人) ); beneath adv.在...之下prep.在...之下, 紧靠着..的底下;

(B级)beneficial adj. 有利[益]的(to), 受益的(be beneficial to/ 有益于); beneficial = profitable 词汇部分练习题: (EMBA, 2000)

1. It was a long time ___ I could get to sleep again. So I felt sleepy next morning. A. before B. after C. since D. when

1. A.分析: 被选项A和B构成正反义项, 所以首先重点注意。该句说“很长的时间„我能再次入睡”， 从这个句意来看A(在„之前)合适.

(该题变形于CET-4, 2003, 6)

2. Not only the professionals but also the amateurs will profit by the new training facilities. A. derive from B. suffer from C. benefit from D. prevent from

2. C. 分析: 被选项都是与介词from搭配的动词短语, 借助划线短语所在的搭配结构“业余爱好者„新的训练设备”, 判断C(从„获益)

derive from 由„而来 suffer from 患„,遭受到„ prevent„ from阻止某人/某物„ 练习：

Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses./在括号里填上动词合适的时态。 1. There_____(be) a plane ready to take off the airport. 2. Jack_____(be) ready in a moment.

3. It_____(rain) a great deal during the summer in our country. 4. Take an umbrella; it_____(rain).

5. Don't make a sound or you_____(wake) the baby and then he_____(not get) to sleep again. 6. The judge always_____(study) all the facts about the case.

7. We'd better leave a message for Bill, otherwise he_____(not how)where we have gone. 8. It wi11 be very late when she_____(get) home. 9. The last train_____(1eave) the station at 11:30.

10. Lucy_____(take) the college entrance examination at the beginning of next month. 11. He said he_____ (learn) 3000 English words by the end of this term. 12. I heard Peter_____ (make) a terrible mistake. 13. Peter hoped Jack_____ (meet) him for lunch one day.

14. By the time we got to the airport, the plane_____ (take) off. 15. They_____ (live) here for 5years before we moved in. 16. They said they_____ (wait) for me if I was late.

17. We hoped that the new meter_____ (be) useful for the experiment. 18. In two month's time he_____ (finish) his training. 19. \"We have our tickets.\"

\"That's good, I was afraid that you_____ (forget) them.”

20. I hope they _____(repair) this road by the time we come back next summer. Choose the best answers

The Greatest Show on Earth (B/C级)

The Olympic Games(奥林匹亚运动会) are the greatest festival (节日)of sport in the world. Every four years, a hundred or more countries send their best sportsmen to compete for the highest honors in sport. As many as 6,000 people take part in (参加)over 20 sports. For the winners, there are gold medals and glory. But there is honor, too, for all who compete, win or lose. That is in spirit of the Olympics---to take part is what matters.

The Olympic Games always start in a bright color and action. The teams of all the nations parade (列队行进)in the opening ceremony and march round the track. The custom is for the Greek team to march in first. For it was in Greece that the Olympics began. The team of the country where the Games are being hold(定语从句)---the host country (主办国)--- marches in last. The runner with the Olympic torch (火炬)then enters the stadium(体育场) and lights the flame(火焰). A sportsman from the host country takes the Olympic oath(誓言) on behalf of (代表)all the competitors. The judges and officials also take an oath(宣誓). After the sportsmen march out of the stadium, the host country puts on (演出)a wonderful display. The competitions begin the next day. There are usually more than twenty sports in the Games. The rule is that there must be at least fifteen(表语从句). The main events are in track and field, but it is a few days before these sports start(时间状语从句). Each day the competitors take part in a different sport-riding, shooting, swimming, and cross-country running. Points are gained for each event. Medals are awarded for the individual winners and for national teams.

More and more women are taking part in the games. They first competed in 1900, in tennis and golf, which are no longer held in the Olympics(定语从句，no longer：不再 ). Women’s swimming events were introduced in 1912. But it was not until 1928 that there were any track and field events for women(强调句型： it + is/was + 被强调的某个语法结构 + that引出句子的其他部分). Now, they compete in all but (除了)half a dozen of (12个)the sports. In horse riding, shooting, shooting, and

boat racing, they may compete in the same events as the men. 1. Why is there honor for the losers as well as for the winners? A) Because failure is the mother of success. B) Because losers need encouragement, too.

C) Because losers and winners should be equally treated.

D) Because what really matters is to take part in the Olympic Games.

2.Which of the following is a long – established practice the opening ceremony? A) Runners enter the stadium with torches. B) Each team has to put on a wonderful display. C) The Greek team marches in first. D) Men and women wear magnificent clothes. 3.Who takes the Olympic oath? A) A judge from the host country. B) An official from the host country. C) A Greek sportsman.

D)A sportsman from the host country.

4.What are the most important events in the Olympic Games? A) The track and field events. B) The horse- riding events. C) The swimming events. D) The boat-racing events.

sport- riding, shooting, swimming, and cross-country running 5.When did women start taking part in the Olympic Games? A) In 1912. B) In 1900. C) In 1928. D) In 1924.

Translate the following paragraph into Chinese and pay attention to the verbs used in the paragraph: Radio and Television (C级)

1 There are few homes in Britain today that do not have either a radio or television set(定语从句， that指代前面的homes). Both of them have become an essential part of our life, keeping us informed of the news of the day, instructing us in many fields of interest, and entertaining us with singing, dancing and acting(划线结构是现在分词结构，与句子的谓语部分并列).

2 Television is another major instrument of communication, permitting us to see as well as to hear the performer(划线结构是现在分词结构，与句子的谓语部分并列). Since its appearance, TV has had a tremendous effect on the daily life of people everywhere.

3 Improvements of all kind are constantly being made in television so that reception will be as close to perfect as possible(结果状语从句， so that/以至于). Perhaps the most recent advancement of significance has been “Telstar.” The specially equipped space capsule(太空飞船), orbiting the globe(分词结构， 作定语修饰前面的space capsule), makes it(形式宾语) possible for the entire world to be closer than ever before(真正的宾语). Now a family in Manchester can watch on TV a football match in France, a ski tournament(锦标赛) in Norway, or a parade in Japan as these events are actually happening(时间状语从句， as“当”). 参考答案：

Put the verbs in brackets into correct tenses./在括号里填上动词合适的时态。

1. is; 2. will be; 3. rains; 4. is raining; 5. will wake, will not get; 6. studies; 7. will not know; 8. gets; 9. will leave; 10. will take; 11. would have learned; 12. mad; 13. would meet; 14. had taken; 15. had lived; 16. would wait; 17. would be; 18. will finish; 19. had forgotten; 20. will have repaired; 2. Choose the best answers

1. D。该题问“为什么赢家和输家都会获得尊敬?”。在第1段的最后一句找到答案。

2.C.该题问“什么是奥运会开幕式上的惯例?”在第2段的第3句找到答案相关句the custom is for the Greek to march in first(希

腊队先入场是惯例)。

3.D.该题问“谁做奥运宣誓?”。在第三段的第2句找到答案相关句，是“来自东道国的运动员”。 4.A.该题问“奥运会上最重要的赛事是什么?”。在第四段的第4句找到相关句，是“田径赛”。

5.B.该题问“妇女什么时候开始参加奥运会的?”。备选答案都是时间，因此可在原文中查找以阿拉伯数字出现的年代。在最后一段的第2句找到答案。

3. Translate the following passage into Chinese and pay attention to the verbs used in the passage:

今日英国，收音机和电视几乎已经深入每个家庭，它们已经成为了我们生活中不可缺少的一部分。它们能使我们了解到每天的新闻，帮助我们提高对许多领域的兴趣，让我们得到音乐，舞蹈和表演的消遣。

电视机是另一种主要的通讯工具。它能让我们在听到声音的同时也看到了表演者的表演。自从电视问世以来，它已经对我们的日常生活产生了巨大的影响。

人们一直在给电视做各种改进，以使信号的接受尽可能趋于完美。“电视卫星”也许是近来最重大的进步。这个特殊装置的太空舱绕地球轨道运行着，是世界变得越来越小。如今，在曼彻斯特(英国英格兰西北部港市)的家中通过电视就可以看到正在法兰西进行的足球比赛，在挪威进行的滑雪锦标赛或在日本举行的游行。 动词的语态及主谓一致的原则 相关背景知识介绍：

2005年卫生类C级阅读理解部分文章 From saving money

(Where you save your money depends on what you are saving for). (1)If you are saving to buy a CD(光盘) or go to a concert, then probably you would keep your money somewhere in your room.

(2)When you keep your money in a bank, your money earns interest. „(3)The bank uses your money to loan money to people and business.

(4)The bank will send you a statement several times a year. (5)A bank statement tells you how much money you have in your bank.

这篇文章的基调事态是一般现在时态, 用于对文章的主题”存钱”进行客观的讲述, 客观的分析在现在的生活中如何存钱.文章中句子的时态, 无论是主句时态还是从句时态一般都与现在时态相关 要点回顾:

主句和从句时态一致性;

文章中相临语句时态通常彼此呼应, 一致;

英语中的动词语态是用来说明句中主语与谓语之间关系的动词形式。英语语态有两种:主动语态(Active Voice)和被动语态(Passive Voice)。主动语态表示主语是谓语动作的执行者,被动语态表示主语是谓语动作的承受者。我们在实际应用中经常会碰到被动语态的句子，如：

理工类from Please Fasten Your Seatbelt

“laser pulses are sent ahead of the plane and these are then reflected back by particles in the air.” 被动语态的结构在职称英语的文章中, 甚至在考题中出现的频率都较高, 如: 2005年理工类阅读判断文章The Smog

But smog is not just an Asian problem. In fact, the word was first used in London in 1905 to describe the mixture of smoke and thick fog. „ Sometimes the smog was so thick and poisonous that people were killed by breathing problems or in accidents.

在文章后面的问题中被动语态也是频繁地被使用, 如:The Smog这篇文章后面的第6题: 6. The forest animals haven’t been affected by the smog. 如:阅读理解Pushbike Danger后的第2题:

2. How many abdominal injuries in children were caused by bicycle accidents?

在2005年理工C的考题中还有其他不少地方出现了被动语态的结构, 从上面的例子中我们可以了解到: 1. 英语中被动语态的基本结构是: be + v.ed

2. “be + v.ed”这个结构相当于中文中的“被”，“受到”等含义。

3. 英语中的被动语态会有不同的时态表现形式，如：is caused; was caused; has been caused; had been caused等。 绝大多数的及物动词和及物动词短语都可构成被动语态。不及物动词或不及物动词的短语动词和表示状态的词无被动语态。 “主谓一致”(“主语和谓语人称和数一致性的原则”)的原则具体来说就是“主语的人称和数决定了谓语部分动词的形态”，我们刚才看到的那些句子中主语和谓语之间的关系也是受到主谓一致性的影响：

Where you save your money depends on what you are saving for. (1)If you are saving to buy a CD(光盘) or go to a concert,

then probably you would keep your money somewhere in your room. (2)When you keep your money in a bank, your money earns interest. „(3)The bank uses your money to loan money to people and business. (4)The bank will send you a statement several times a year. (5)A bank statement tells you how much money you have in your bank. 在以往的职称英语考题中“主谓一致”这个考点会直接在完型填空题中出现。从近几年的职称英语考题来看—完型填空题把主要考察重点放在词汇/短语的词义辨析，词汇/短语的拼写形式的辨别， 和词汇/短语的搭配使用特点上。对“主谓一致”考察通常是间接地进行的, 最常见的就是考察对文章中结构较为复杂的句子句意的理解, 如:2005年理工类C级阅读理解的文章: (Almost Human??) Machines that walk, speak and feel are no longer science fiction. 被动语态结构 Ⅰ、被动语态的形式 被动语态是由be (助动词)+过去分词(及物动词)构成。be随主语的人称、时态和数的不同而变化。现将被动语态的各种时态形式列表如下(以provide为例) 一般时态 进行时态 am being provided is being provided are being provided was being provided were being provided shall have been provided will have been provided should have been provided would have been provided had been provided 完成时态 has been provided have been provided 现在 am provided is provided are provided 过去 was provided were provided 将来 shall be provided will be provided 过去将should be provided 来 would be provided 黑体结构是在职称英语考试中常出现的结构。 注： ① 在美语中,will和would可用于各种人称。 ② 被动语态的一般疑问句和否定句的构成:构成一般疑问句时,将主语后的第一个助动词提至句首; 构成否定句时,将not加在第一个助动词后。例如: Natural gas has been found in this area. (肯定句) Has natural gas been found in this area? (疑问句) Natural gas has not been found in this area. (否定句) ③ 带有情态动词的被动语态的构成:由情态动词can, may, must等加助动词be,再加过去分词构成。这些情态动词没有人称和数的变化。如： Such shops can be seen everywhere in the city. The composition must be finished next week. Ⅱ、主动句转换为被动句： 主动句变为被动句是通过这样转换而实现的: 1.把主动句的宾语转换为被动句的主语; 2.把主动句的谓语换成被动语态; 3.把主动句的主语前加by构成短语,放在被动语态的谓语之后。此by„短语根据需要而定，有时可以省略。 如： We use coal to heat homes. 动作执行者(主语) 谓语 宾语(动作承受者) 状语 Coal is used by us to heat homes. 动作承受者 谓语 动作执行者 状语 注： ① 带有介词或副词的短语动词，如call on, carry out, look after, take care of等用被动语态时,应视为不可分割的一部分,后面的介饲或副词不能丢掉,如: 主动句：Grandma looks after my younger brother well. 被动句：My younger brother is well looked after (by my grandma). 接下来我们一块来分析几个选自《职称英语等级考试用书》上的句子： 1. Cement was seldom used in building during the Middle Ages. (From Dyslexia )

2. Dyslexia first was recognized in Europe and the United States more than 80 years ago.

3 However, research has shown that dyslexia is more common in males than in females, and it is found more often in persons who are left-handed. 主谓一致原则

主谓一致是指句中的主语和谓语的一致。我们一般遵从三个原则： 1、 语法一致的原则：

语法一致的原则是指主语为单数或复数时，其谓语动词要与其相呼应。但我们要注意一些特殊情况;

1) 以along with, together with, as well as, accompanied by, rather than, but, except连接的两个主语，其谓语的单复数以第一个主语为主。

e.g. Several passengers, together with the driver, were hurt. e.g. All students but/except Tom are going to see the film.

e.g. It is Mary rather than her students who is leaving for Beijing.

2) 表示时间，重量，长度，价格等的复数名词，作主语从整体来看时，谓语动词用单数。 e.g. Fifty years is not a long time.

3) 非谓语动词，从句或其他短语作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。 e.g. To eat an apple every day is healthful. e.g. What I want to know is when I could go home.

4) 如果主语是由and连接的两个单数名词，但前面有each, every, no等词修饰时，谓语用单数 e.g. Every boy and girl in this region is taught to read and write. 2、 意义一致的原则：

意义一致的原则指谓语动词的单复数取决于主语所表达的概念，而不取决于表面的语法标志，主要表现为某些集体名词后可跟动词单数或复数。如果这些集体名词指整体概念时，谓语动词用单数;指具体成员时用复数。类似这样的集体名词有：family, class, audience, committee, crowd, crew, group, population, team, public, council, village等。 e.g. His family has lived there for more than twenty years.。 e.g. My family are all well.

e.g. The public/ the crowd is the best judge. 3、 就近原则：

所谓就近原则是指谓语动词单复数取决于离它最近的词语，而无须考虑其他的词。

1) 以either„or, or, neither„nor和not only„but also连接的两个主语，其谓语的单复数形式应与离谓语最近的主语保持一致。

e.g. Either you or he has to go there with me.

2) 由there或here引起的主语，而又不止是一个时，采取就近原则。 e.g. Here is a pen, a few envelopes and some paper for you.

对于“主谓语一致”原则的直接考察一般是出自于完型填空题中，但现在职称英语出题的趋势是对这种语法点的直接考察题越来越少了，但这种原则的理解却能帮助我们解答一些文章阅读方面的问题。如：2002年综合类A级阅读理解第3篇文章：Effects of Environmental Pollution 一文中有这样一道题：

The word \"spectres\" in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to A. pollution

B. carbon dioxide二氧化物 C. aerosols D. ghosts

D. 分析: 文章相关句是：Two spectres haunting conservationists have hold: the prospect前途;形势that environmental pollution might lead to the planet's becoming unbearably hot or cold.该句中的two以及谓语结构 have been都说明\"spectres\"是可数的复述名词，所以可以直接排除A和B, 答案只能出字C和D, 现在有两个方法继续解题: 1. 借助字典, 查出\"spectres\"是“幽灵;鬼影”， C和D中只有D是“鬼，幽灵”，因此D是答案; 2。 借助句意或避重就轻借助上下文：接下来的一句说：One of these ghosts has now been laid, because it seems that even an increase in the amount of „,句子中的these ghosts(这些幽灵)表明这个短语

的内容与前句中的相关内容(复数名词)呼应, 前句中的中的复数名词只有Two spectres 和conservationists(自然资源保护论者), 因此判断Two spectres和these ghosts呼应, 所以答案是D. 该题考察代词的指代内容. 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

benefit n.利益, 好处, v.有益于, 有助于, (常与from, by连用)获益;得益于(for the benefit of/为了...的好处); beside prep.在„旁边(beside the point/离题; beside oneself/几乎发狂);

besides prep. 除„以外adv. 此外, 而且 ( besides 和except 都含“除...外”的意思。besides指“除...外, 另外还有”, 着重“另外还有”, 如:I have five other books besides this.除这本以外, 我还有五本别的书。except的含意是“从整体里减去一部分”, 着重于“排除在外”, 如:We all went there except Xiao Li.除了小李以外, 我们都到那儿去 )

best (good 的最高级; well 的最高级) adj.最好的adv.最好地,n 最好的东西(try/do one's best to do sth./尽最大的努力做..; the best and the worst最好的和最差的; make the best of/ 尽量利用; at best/至多)

better (good 的比较级; well 的比较级)adj.较好的，更好的，(健康)好转的adv.更好地,更多地 (Better late than never.(谚)迟做总比不做好; had better do sth. 最好做..; had better not to so sth. /最好不做..); between prep. 在(两者)之间; 处在...之间 (between一般用于两者之间，而 among用于二者以上) beyond prep. [表示位置]在[向]...的那边, 在...之外; [表示范围, 限度]超出 bicycle n. 自行车 (ride a bicycle/骑自行车) big (bigger, biggest) adj.大的, 重要的

bill n. 帐单, 钞票(a 10-dollar bill/一张10美元的钞票; pay the bill for../ 付..的帐单) billion n. adj.十亿(的)

bind (bound, bound) v. 捆, 绑, 缚, 扎, (用绷带)包扎(up), 约束, 使粘合(bind up a wound/包扎伤口) biological adj. 生物学，生物学的;

bird n. 鸟(birds of a feather/同类的人;一丘之貉 kill 2 birds with one stone/一举两得，一箭双雕); birth n. 出生，诞生，起源(give birth to/生育, 引起) birthday n. 生日;

bit (bite 的过去式和过去分词) n.小块;少许(a bit (of)/ 有点;稍微; bit by bit/渐渐，一点一点); bitter adj. 苦的，痛苦的 black adj. 黑色的;弄脏了的

blame v.指责，归咎把(某事)责任归于„(blame sb. for sth. /因某事责备某人); blank adj. 空白的，空着的;没有表情的 n. 空白，[美] 表格; blind adj. 瞎的，盲目的(turn a blind eye (to)/不去注意..); block n. 木块;石块;街区(a block of rock/一块石头)

blood n. 血，血液; (Blood is thicker than water. /血浓于水。 bloody adj. 血腥的;有血的;

(B级)bloom n. 花;旺盛 v. (使)开花;(使)繁盛， (come into bloom/开花); blow: v. (风)吹, 喘气;吹气, (轮胎等)爆炸 blue n. 蓝色;adj. 蓝色的;

board n. 木板;(供特殊用途的)木板;部(on board/在船上;在公共交通工具内a board of directors/董事会); boat: n. 船

body n. 身体;尸体;主要部分;(with body and soul/全心全意); 相关词汇练习题: (CET-4, 2000.1)

1. We take our skin for granted until it is burned ___ repair. A. beyond B. for C. without D. under

1. A. 分析: 根据句意“我们一直认为我们的皮肤不会出问题，直到它被烧伤，„修复”， 判断A(超过了„的范围). leave [sail] for London 动身[坐船]到伦敦去 have a liking for music 爱好音乐 a house for rent 〔美国〕房屋出租 without taking leave 假也不请(就„) under a tree 在树下

under medical treatment 在治疗中 take sth. for granted: 认为„不会出问题

(变形于考研, 1994) 2. When confronted with such questions, my mind goes empty, and I can hardly remember my own date of birth. A. dim b. blank C. faint D. vain 2. B. 分析: blank – empty –bare 空的，空虚的 dim – faint模糊的 faint软弱的，无力的, 模糊的 vain .徒然的, 自负的 非谓语动词的用法及其意义(上)--不定式 相关背景知识介绍: 非谓语动词结构可以简单地分为：不定式(to + V)、动名词、分词-ing和分词-ed式。不同类型的非谓语动词在句中起着不同的语法功能，而且它们也存在着语态和时态的变化。非谓语动词结构在书面语中用的很多，如：A Thirsty World (2002年综合B/C级阅读理解考试题) In addition to stopping wasting precious water, one useful step we should take is to develop ways of reusing it. Experiments have already been done in this field, but only on a small scale. Today, in most large cities, water is used only once and it eventually returns to the sea (不是不定式结构)or runs into underground storage tanks. But it is possible to pipe water用管子输送 that has been used to a purifying使纯净 plant (不是不定式结构). precious -- valuable 珍贵的 小节： 1. 非谓语结构一定是由于前面结构的需要而出现; 2. 不定式结构的构成是： to + v.;动名词结构的构成是： v.ing 3. 介词和及物动词的后面需要出现名词或动名词结构; 系动词后面可以跟表示动作发生在将来的不定式结构。 对于不定式结构具有名词的性质这个特点， 建议大家可以记住这个句子： To err is human. 人非圣人孰能无过。 l 动词不定式: Ⅰ.动词不定式的形式 1.动词不定式是一种非谓语动词，在句中不能单独作谓语，如to have, to work等。不定式符号“to”不是介词，无词义。不定式有一般、完成、进行等几种常用的形式，也有主动和被支语态的区别。以study为例： 一般式 进行式 完成式 主动 to study to be studying to have studied 主动 to be studied to have been studied 2.不定式结构中的动词仍然保持动词的特征，可带宾语或状语，构成不定式短语。如： to do shopping to help them in their work to come back to live in a house to live in a colleague to work with 3.不定式的否定形式是在不定式前面加not, never等，如： They told me not/never to open the window. 4.不定式有时可直接与疑问词连用，如what, when, where, which, whom, why, whether, how等。如： He didn’t know whether to wait or go home. He wanted to know how to handle such a problem. I am wondering which to choose. He asked when to leave for home. (handle –deal with处理) 接下来我们以2005年综合/理工/卫生类考题中均出现了的一篇文章saving money /节约钱 为例, 来看在这篇文章中不定式结构是怎样出现的, 这些不定式结构在它们所在句子中起的 语法功能: From saving money If you are saving to buy a CD(光盘) or go to a concert, then probably„ (probably – possibly –likely大概，有可能) One place to save money is the bank. 定语

Interest is the amount of money a bank pays you to use your money. Another way you can save money is to buy a certificate of deposit or CD.

If you have some money you don’t need to use for a long time, this is a good way to make your money now. You agree not to use the money for a certain period of time. (use –utilize利用) (certain –some 某个) 小节:

不定式结构能够在句子中充当多种语法结构, 不定式结构语法功能的确定需要参照其前面的结构来确定. 如: 跟在行为动词后面的不定式结构, 常常是充当状语结构; 跟在名词的后面作该名词的定语;跟在及物动词及介词的后面充当它们的宾语。 Ⅱ不定式或不定式短语的用法：

不定式在句子中可作主语、表语、宾语、定语、状语和补足语。 1.作主语

不定式或不定式短语作主语时，谓语动词用第三人称单数。如： To serve the people well is our duty. To get there on foot will take several hours.

动词不定式短语作主语时，往往放在谓语动词的后面，用引导词it作形式主语。上述两句也可改为： It is our duty to serve the people well. It will take several hours to get there on foot. (take – need需要(多少时间等)) 类似这样不定式做主语的句型: It is + n.+ to do

It a\akes sb.+ some time + to do It is +adj.+ for sb.+ to do It is +adj.+ of sb.+ to do It is our duty to help them.

It will take you quite a long time to finish it. (finish -- fulfill完成)

It is easy for us to answer this question. It is kind of you to help me (help –aid 帮助) 2.作表语

在系动词如be, seem, appear， feel， sound等之后，如： Your main task now is to improve the quality of the products. 你们现在的主要任务是改进产品的质量。 (improve – remedy 改进)

He appears to have caught a cold. (catch – have – get (a cold) 感冒)

有时be + 动词不定式表示应当、打算、计划做什么的意思。试比较： Peter is to arrive at seven this morning. 彼特打算在今天早上七时抵达。 (arrive at –reach –get to 抵达)

Our plan is to finish the job at the end of next month.

我们的计划是在下月末干完这个活。(不定式短语作表语。“is”是“是”的意思) 提示：

当句子谓语部分结构是“be + 动词不定式”时，如果主语与不定式结构中的动词之间存在明显的主谓关系，同时句子中通常会出现明显的表示将来时间的时间状语结构, 则“be + 动词不定式”是用于表达“打算、计划”做的事情，;否则， “be + 动词不定式”的结构就是“主语 + 系动词 + 表语的结构”。

I am to take an interview tomorrow.

My intention is just to help you. “is”是“是”的意思 (intention –purpose 目的) 3.作宾语

有些及物动词常用不定式作宾语，如：agree, begin, decide, desire, determine, expect, forget, hope, learn, like, love, mean, offer, plan, pretend, promise, refuse, regret, remember, try, stop, want等。 (begin –start 开始)

(determine – decide – make up one’s mind 决定) (plan – intend 打算) (refuse – reject 拒绝) (try – attempt 试图) (stop – cease -- end终止) They begin to write their papers. We have learnt to operate the computer.

如果不定式作宾语而又跟有宾语补足语时，要用“it”作形式宾语，而将真正的宾语(即不定式)放到补足语后面去。如： We found it impossible to finish the work in such a short time. 我们觉得不可能在这么短的时间完成这项工作。

I consider it necessary to collect sufficient data for our research. 我认为收集充分的资料对我们的研究工作是必要的。

注意：forget, remember, stop这几个词后面既可以跟不定式结构也可以跟动名词结构，但结构含义差别较大： forget to do../忘记要做。。 forget doing/忘记做过。。 remember to do../记住要做。。 remember doing../记住做过。。 stop to do../停下来去做。。 stop doing„/停止做。。

同时：want, need 这两个动词也是既可以跟不定式结构也可以跟动名词结构，但跟动名词结构时，是用“主动”表示“被动”。 The house wants/needs painting. 房子需要油漆了 4.作定语

用来修饰名词，位于被修饰名词的后面。如：

Promises to meet deadlines and appointment are taken very seriously. 在规定日期前完成任务和按时赴约的承诺都是慎重对待的。 (meet –satisfy 满足)

This is the best way to solve the problem. 这是解决这个问题的最好办法。 There are a lot of sheets to mend. 有许多床单要修补。 注：

①常用不定式作定语的名词有：ability, agreement, attempt, chance, claim, decision, determination, failure, freedom, hope, need, opportunity, plan, promise, refusal, way等;此外，序数词the first, second以及last, only, best等也常用不定式作定语，如：

Galileo was the first person to see mountains on the moon and sunspots on the sun. 伽里略是看到月球上山脉和太阳黑子的第一人。 He was the only one to realize the danger. 他是唯一意识到危险的人。

(ability – capability – capacity 能力 ) (chance – opportunity 机会) (hope – wish 希望) (way – method 方法)

②用不定式作定语时，它与它修饰的词有时是动宾关系(如上述第三个例句中的mend和sheets)，如果不定式是不及物动词，其后面

应跟必要的介词。如：

Mary needs a friend to play with. 玛丽需要有一个与她一起玩的朋友。 There is nothing to worry about. 没有什么值得发愁的。 5.作状语

通常表示目的、结果、原因等。如： I have come to see you. 我来看你。(目的)

In 1972 she left home never to return. 1972年她离开家再没有回来。(结果) I am sorry to hear that. 我听了很难过。(原因) 注：

①不定式作目的状语，可以在句首，也可以在句末。有时为了强调可用so as to„(以便，为了)或in order to „(为了„目的)。 Let’s hurry so as to catch the last bus. 快点走以赶上末班公共汽车。

All living things must eat in order to stay alive. 一切生物为了生存都必须饮食。 (stay –remain 保持)

②不定式作结果状语可用so (such) „ as to (这样(的)„以至)，too„to(太„以至不能)，enough to (足够，足以)等引出。如： The rain was so heavy as to make our picnic impossible. 雨下得那么大，使得我们野餐不可能了。 (impossible – unlikely 不可能的)

This man is too lazy to succeed in business. 这人太懒，事业上不能获得成功。

③“be+形容词+不定式”的结构中，不定式部分常看作是状语，这些形容词通常有：able, afraid, anxious, determined, eager, free, glad, pleased, ready, sorry, sure, willing等。 (afraid – fearful 害怕的, 担心的) (anxious – worried 忧虑的，担心的) (eager – keen 渴望的)

(glad –happy – pleased 高兴的)

(sure – certain 确实的, (对„)有信心) 6.作补足语 有宾语补足语和主语补足语两种。 1)作宾语补足语

有一些及物动词除跟宾语外，还需要有一个成分作逻辑上的补充说明，使得宾语的状态或行为或特征等的意思完整。这个成分称为补足语。由于说明宾语，因此称宾语补足语。不定式可作宾语补足语。如： Many parents allow their children to make their own decisions. 许多家长允许他们的孩子自己拿主意。 (allow – permit 允许)

The trainer made the elephant dance before audience. 训兽中使大象在观众前跳舞。 注：

① 通常要求带to不定式作宾语补足语的动词有：advise, allow, ask, cause, consider, expect, find, imagine, know, tell, think, want, wish等

(advise – persuade 劝说 ) (think – suppose 想 )

② 要求不带“to”的不定式作宾语补足语的动词(一般为表示“感觉”或“使役”的动词)有：feel, have, hear, let, make, notice, see, watch, listen to, look at

③ help后面的作宾语补足语的不定式带“to”或不带“to”都可以。 help Mary wash her clothes help Mary to wash her clothes 2)作主语补足语

带有宾语补足语的谓语动词变为被动语态时，宾语成了主语，宾语补足语也就相应地成为主语补足语。当动词不定式用作主语补足语时，一律要用带“to”的形式。如：

Their children are allowed to make their own decisions. 允许他们的孩子自己拿主意。

The elephant was made to dance before audience. 使大象在观众前跳舞。

不定式结构在英语文章中使用频率较高, 如下面的这段文字中(4个句子), 不定式结构出现了5次, 请大家确认这些不定式结构在句子中的语法功能.

(1)So far there is no data to suggest that people living on metal-rich soils experience a potential health hazard. (2) They are also the most likely ones to eat potentially dangerous metal-rich soil. (3) Some trace metals are alleged to cause cancer and also known to cause poisoning中毒. (4) There is a vital need to understand the potential risks and long-term health effects of living on naturally contaminated soils.

提示: 相邻语句往往围绕同一中心发展, 在词语上常常表现为: 相邻语句中出现呼应的词语. 分析：第1，2，4句中不定式是作定语;第3句的不定式是作主补; (hazard –danger 危险)

(hazardous – dangerous危险的) (contaminate -- pollute污染) Ⅲ不定式的逻辑主语

如要表明不定式或不定式的动作发出者(即逻辑主语，就要在不定式前用for+名词(或代词的宾格)。如： Is the road wide enough for two cars to pass? 这条道路是否宽得足以使两辆车通过? (wide – broad 宽阔的，辽阔的)

The conference is too important for you to miss. 这会议太重要了，你不能错过。

(conference – meeting 讨论会，协商会;会议) (important –essential 重要的)

*Ⅳ不定式的完成式和进行式的用法 (仅仅需要稍微了解即可) 1.完成式表示的动作发生在句子谓语表示的动作之前。如： I’m sorry not to have come on Thursday. 星期四那天我没有来，很抱歉。

The earth is said to have been part of the sun. 据说地球过去曾经是太阳的一部分。

2.进行式一般表示正在进行中的动作，强调与谓语动词所表示的动作几乎同时发生。如： I noticed that he seemed to be smoking a lot. 我注意到他似乎烟抽得太多。

I happened to be lying in bed when she came in. 她进来时，我碰巧正躺在床上。 小结：

1) 不定式可做除谓语以外的任何其他成分----主语、宾语、宾语补足语、表语、状语、定语：不定式本身也有时态和语态的问题。每个不定式都有其逻辑主语，如果逻辑主语是动作的发出者，不定式用主动式，如果其逻辑主语是动作的承受者，不定式用被动式。 如：The doctor recommended him to clean the room. 医生建议他打扫房间。 如：The doctor recommended the room to be cleaned. 医生建议打扫房间。 2) 不定式的符号to 在一些特殊情况下经常被省略。

A) 当几个动词不定式具有同样的功能时，to 只用在第一个动词不定式之前。 B) 在以why 引导的疑问句中不用to e.g. He asked why (to) stay here.

C) 在had better, would rather, rather than, would sooner(宁愿), can not but(不得不), cannot help but, do nothing but(只能)等结构后不用to

D) 在hear, listen to, feel, see, look at, watch, notice, let, make, have, leave, help等动词后，动词不定式做宾语补足语时不用to

不定式结构的考察在职称英语考题中主要是以完成句子题(可能涉及到不定式结构)和文章中句子句意理解这样的题出现。 如：2003年综合B/A级完成句子考题：Keeping Cut Flowers

30. Another important way to prolong the life of cut flowers is ____. A. by keeping its original shape and color B. in the life of the cut flower C. to produce carbon dioxide D. for as long as possible E. by controlling temperature

F. to replace the water and solution every day

文章相关句子：Another vital factor in keeping cut flowers is the quality of the water„ „„„„„. The water and solution should also be replaced each day. 如：2002年理工类阅读理解第1篇文章Mobile Phones中的第一个问题：

According to Robert Bell, if mobile phones prove to be dangerous to people's health,(系动词+ 表语) A. they should be banned immediately. B. the use of them should be restricted.

C. all transmitter to towers should be torn down. D. a warning label should be attached.

解答：问题问“如果手机被证明对人的健康有害，那么。。”，文章中第1段的最后一句：If mobile phones are found to be dangerous, they should carry a warning label until proper shields can be devised. 该句的不定式结构表述的语义与问题句中条件句(带不定式结构的谓语)的含义一致，所以判断该句是答案相关句，并根据句意选择答案D。 2005年卫生类C级阅读理解文章中也有考题直接涉及到不定式结构: If you draw your money before it is due, you will have to ___. A. pay interest to the bank B. close your account C. open a new account D. pay a penalty or fee

D. 分析: have to 是“不得不/必须”， to是不定式符号。问题句是说“如果在你在你的前的前到期之前取钱，你将不得不„”。借助我们的相关背景知识可以对这道题进行直接判断：D(支付违约罚金或手续费)合适。 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

(B级)bold adj. 大胆的;勇敢的;n. 粗体，黑体; bomb n. (与 the连用)炸弹，原子弹或核弹v.轰炸; bone n. 骨;骨头;

book n. 书，书籍 v. 登记，预订，控告(booking office/售票处); boom n. 繁荣，隆隆声v. 发隆隆声，迅速增长;

boost v.增加;提高;n.增加;提高(boost prices/提高价格);

border n. 边界，边 v. 与„„接壤，接近(on the border of/在„„的边界上;将要; on the borders/在边界上，接近交界处; boring adj. 令人厌烦的;单调沉闷的;

born adj. 天生的，天生就„„的(be born to (parents)/出生在父母是„„的家庭中; be born in (family)/ 出生在„„的家庭中);

borrow v. 借，借入; boss n. 老板;

both adj. 两者, 双方的 pron. 双方, 两者(both...and.../不但„„而且„„;既„„又„„); bother v. 烦扰，打扰n. 麻烦, 麻烦事;讨厌的人(bother (oneself) about/为„„而操心;为„„而费事); bottom n. 底，底部(Bottoms up!/干杯);

(A级)bound adj. 正要启程的;开往„„去的，被束缚的(be bound to do sth. / 下决心„„; 被迫做„„;一定会„„; be bound for„/准备去往„); boy n. 男孩，儿子; boyfriend n. 男朋友;

brain n. 脑;智慧(have sth. on the brain/全神贯注在某事上); branch n. 枝，分枝;分部，分店，(学科)分科，部门;支流;

brand n. 商标，牌子; brave adj. 勇敢的;

bread n. 面包;生计(earn one’s bread/维持生活);

break n. 休息，破裂v. 打破;违犯(break away/逃走，逃脱; break down/破坏; (机器)损坏;破裂;break into/闯入;强行进入;打断;break out/突然发生; break through/突破);

(A级)breakdown n. 崩溃，故障(a breakdown in communication/通信故障); breakfast n. 早餐;

(B级)breast n. 胸;胸脯, 乳房

breath n. 呼吸;气味(hold one’s breath/屏息; at a breath/一口气); breathe v. 呼吸;

bridge n. 桥，桥牌(play bridge/打桥牌);

brief adj. 简短的，短暂的(in brief/简单地说;简明扼要的); briefly adv. 暂时地，简要地; 相关词汇题分析: (变形于CET-4, 1999,6)

1. I’m sorry to have bothered you with so many questions on such an occasion. A. interfered B. offended C. impressed D. troubled D. 分析: trouble – bother 使不便, 打搅 interfere with .. /妨碍，打扰 offend sb. with „/用„冒犯/侮辱某人 impress sb. with „/„给某人留下了深刻的印象

trouble/bother sb. with sth. 使某人因为„而烦恼/费神 (变形于CET-6, 1990, 6)

2. Children are bound to have some accidents as they grow up. A. obvious B. indispensable C. certain D. doubtless C. 分析: bound –certain 必然/必定〔后接不定式〕 obvious – apparent – clear – evident 明白的，明显的 indispensable – necessary不可缺少的，必需的 doubtless 无疑地，必定， 无疑的 练习：

1. Choose the best answer to the following questions./给下列问题选择最佳答案。 1.Are there anymore items that need _______? A. to consider B. to be considered C. to have considered D. to be considering

2 Is the sports meeting _____ this week or next week? A. will be held B. to be holding C. to have held D. to be held

3.Can freedom ____ exist in a society without some form of law and order? A. choosing B. choose C. to choose D. to be chosen 4.Haven’t you anything ____?

A. to open the bottle with B. to be opened the bottle C. opens the bottle with D. to be opening the bottle 5.He is looking for a place ___. A. to live B. to be living C. to have lived D. to live in

2. Try to translate the following sentences into Chinese:/把下列句子翻译成中文 选自职称英语考试用书 (From Computers)

1. The information either reached managers too late or was too expensive to be used.

2. Even a neighborhood shopkeeper may now use computers to control sales, billing, and other activities. 3. Such an understanding is not difficult to achieve. (from Kitchen Design)

4. This is why it is important to consider adding a water filter system. 5.Because cabinets are a big investment, it is best to choose quality. (from Common Problems Common Solutions)

6. There will always be some who want to build walls, who want to separate people from people, and up to a point, even these may serve society. The anti-smoking wall-builders have, to give them their due, helped to make us all more keenly aware of choice.

3. Choose the best answers: 综合类完型填空题B/C级

Public and Private Schools in the United States

Religious and private schools receive little or no support from public taxes in the United States, and, as a result, are usually somewhat expensive to __1__. The largest group of religious schools in America is run by the Roman Catholic Church. While religious schools tend to be __2__ expensive than private schools, there are usually some fees.

When there is free education available to all children in the United States, why do people spend money on private schools? American offer a great variety of reasons for doing so, including the desire of some parents to __3__ their children to schools where classes tend to be smaller, or where religious instruction is included as part of the educational program, or because, in their opinion, the public schools in their area are not of high enough quality to meet their needs. 1. A) go B) attend C)take part in D) enroll 2. A) less B) more C) rather D) much 3. A) bring B) bringing C) send D) sending 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

bright adj. 明亮的，聪明的; (bring – clever – intelligent – smart –wise 聪明的) brilliant adj. 灿烂的，有才气的;卓越的;

bring v. 拿来，带来，产生;引起( bring about/引起，造成; bring forward/把„„提前;提出; bring out/使出现， 使显露; bring up/提出;养育);

Britain n. 英国;不列颠(英格兰，威尔士和苏格兰的总称;

British adj. 不列颠的;不列颠人的;英国的;英国人的n. 不列颠人，英国人; broad adj. 宽的，广泛的; (broad –wide宽的) broadcast n. 广播;播音 v广播播送，播放; brother n. 兄弟; budget n. 预算;

build v. 建造，建筑(build up/堆积，逐步建立); (build -- establish建立) building n. 建筑物，建筑业;

burn v. 烧，使感觉烧热(burn out/(使)烧坏;烧光;烧尽; burn up/烧完;烧尽;烧光); burst v. 爆裂，爆发(burst into tears[laughter]/突然大笑[突然大哭]);

bus n. 公共汽车(take the bus/乘公共汽车; get on[off] a bus/上[下]公共汽车); business n. 商业;买卖;交易;生意;事情

busy adj. 忙碌的;热闹的(be busy with [about, in]/忙于; keep sb. busy/不让某人空闲); but prep. 除„„以外 conj. 而是，但是; adv. 几乎，仅仅(but for/要不是) ; buy v. 买;

by prep. 在附近，在旁边;经，由;依据，按照;通过;用 adv. 通过，经过;附近( by air/railway/sea/plane/bus/乘飞机/火车/船/飞机/公共汽车; pass by/经过;by the rule/按规则; a box five feet by six feet/一个长6英尺宽5英尺的盒子; by oneself/单独，独自);

cable n. 电缆;

cake n. 蛋糕，饼(a piece of cake/[口]轻松的事，愉快的事);

calculate v. 计算，考虑(It is calculated that„„/据计算„„, calculate on (upon)/指望着，期待着); (calculate – count – figure 计算)

call n.叫声;命令，号召; v. 呼叫;召集;称呼;打电话(call for/需要;要求; call off/取消; call on/拜访; call for help/呼救;

call sb. /叫„„;给„„打电话);

calm adj. (天气、海洋等)静的 v. (使)平静，(使)镇定;平息(keep calm!/安静! 保持镇静! calm down/使平息，使平静); campus n. <美>校园(campus activities/校内活动; on(the) campus/在校内);

can v. 装进罐中;把食品装罐 n. 罐头，铁罐 v. 能，可以( can not but/[后接动词原形]不得不; can not...too [over]...越„„越好 (e.g. You can not be too [over] careful. 你越仔细越好。);

campaign n. 竞选运动;运动 (a campaign against [for] ... 反对[赞成]„的运动) campus n. 〔美国〕校园 (on (the) campus 在校内) Canada n. 加拿大;

cancel v. 删去, 取消 (cancel –delete 删去 )shan 相关词汇题分析: (变形于MBA, 1998)

1. Scholars maintain that social development can easily cause language changes. A. bring up B. bring about C. bring out D. bring forward 1. B. 分析: cause的含义是“造成”， 因此B是答案。 提示: 借助组成短语结构的词语的词义推测短语所具有的含义. maintain – hold – think 认为 bring up 抚养， 提出 bring out 使出现， 使显露 bring forward 将„提前, 提出 (变形于 CET-4, 2003, 1)

2. Without the help of their group, we would not have succeeded in the investigation. 调查 研究 A. Besides B. Regardless of C. But for D despite 2. C. 分析: without – but for/如果没有, 要不是 besides 除„之外(还有)

He speaks German besides English. 他懂英语而外还会说德语 regardless of = despite = in spite of ...不管，不顾 , 无论 I shall go regardless of the weather. 无论天气好坏我都要去 试题:

1. Fill out the blanks with the proper form of the words given (1 --5) and choose the best answer (6--10) 1.It’s no use _________(you, tell) me not to worry.

2.He was chosen because of __________(he, be)a fully qualified engineer. 3.There is no need for _________(the problem, discuss). 4.I don’t like_________(young people, smoke).

5.The seaman told us a story about___________(a ship, sink)by the enemy in the war. 6. It was unsafe to enter the building __________by fire. A .damaging B. damaged C. having damaged D. having been damaged

7. A conservationist is a person __________to protect our natural resources and to help us to make wise use of them. A. having been worked B. being worked C. having worked D. working

8. The two points on Earth __________the North Pole and the South Pole are the ends of Earth’s axis. A. to call B. to be called C. called D. calling 9. Water is __________to a hot, thirsty traveler.

A. refreshed B. refreshing C. being refreshed D. having refreshed

10. The traveler seemed ___________by cool drinks and went on his journey. A. refreshed B. refreshing C. to refresh D. having refreshed

2. Choose the best answer to the Questions following the passage given below, paying attention to the gerunds and participles in the passage. 难度系数：B，C级 How Animals Keep Warm

Man has invented ways to keep warm, but how do animals defend themselves? They can not reason in the sense that man can, but nature has taken care of the animal kingdom by providing animals with special instincts. One of these instincts is known

as hibernation.

\" Sleeping like a dormouse \" is not only a common saying but is a reality. When winter comes, the dormouse and other hibernating animals have reached a well-nourished state. They eat very well in warmer days laying down fat in the tissues of their bodies and during hibernation this keeps them alive. Safe in their nests, or burrows, they sleep soundly until the warmth of spring arrives.

Bats, tortoises, snakes, even insects like butterflies, hibernate more or less completely. Some, like the squirrels, sleep during coldest weather but are roused by a warm spell. During hibernation, the temperature of an animal's body drops drastically. Breathing and heartbeats almost cease.

Another instinctive method of avoiding intense cold is to escape by means of migration. Wild swans, seagulls, swallows and cuckoos are a few of the very many kinds of birds which fly thousands of miles, twice a year, to avoid cold. Many animals. Especially those of the Arctic regions, have summer and winter quarters. The Arctic deer of North America, as well as the reindeer of Europe, move southward towards the forests when winter approaches. They return to the northern area when the warmth of spring begins to be sensed.

There are animals which do not attempt to leave at the first sign of winter cold. Their instinctive means of defense is to dig out a deep burrow, made soft and warm by padding out with straw, leaves, moss and further. In it they have a \" secret place \" containing food which they hope will last the winter through! Animals which fall into this class include the Arctic fox, the rabbit and the ermine, and the little field-mice. 11. How does the dormouse defend itself against cold in winter? A) It moves about to keep warm. B) It grows thicker fur. C) It sleeps continuously. D) It goes to warmer areas.

12. What keeps animals alive during hibernation? A) The fat stored in their bodies. B) Their thick fur. C) Their warm burrows. D) Their deep sleep.

13. During hibernation, animals breathe A) normally. B) at a slower rate. C) at a faster rate. D) irregularly.

14. According to the passage, what is \" migration\"? A) Moving from one place to another with the season. B) Living in burrows in winter. C) Travelling in the winter months. D) Leaving one's own country for another. 15. How does ermines survive in winter?

A) They leave their cosy burrows and migrate to warmer lands. B) They sleep soundly inside their burrows in winter. C) They dig out burrows and store them with enough food. D) They stay in their burrows and live on the food stored there. 难度系数： C级 Tipping

In many countries there is a fixed charge for personal services. A certain percentage may be added to the bill at a hotel or restaurant \" for the service \". In other places the customer may be expected to give a tip, or a small money, as a sign of appreciation whenever services are performed. In the United States there is no consistent practice in regard to tipping. The custom is more common in a large city than in a small town. A native American may often be in doubt about when and how much to tip when he is in a city that is strange to him. In general, however, a tip is expected by the porter who carries your baggage, by taxi drivers (except, perhaps, in small towns), and by those who serve hotels and restaurants.

When you pick up your incoming luggage at an airport, you may tip the man who takes it to the taxi or airport bus. He usually expects 35 cents a bag for his service. In some cities the taxi that takes you to your hotel may have one meter that shows the cost of the trip and another that shows a fixed charge, usually about 20 cents, for \" extra \". In some cities the taxi diver may expect a tip in addition to the \" extra \a tip is usually given. Hotels generally do not make a service charge, though there are places where one is added. It is customary, however, to give something to the porter who carries your suitcase and shows you to your room. In case of doubt, 35 cents for each bag he carries is satisfactory. In a restaurant you generally leave about 15 percent of the bill in small change on that table as a tip for the person who has served you. A service charge is generally not included except in some of the larger, more expensive places. If the order is small --- a cup of coffee at a lunch counter, or something of the sort -- a tip is not usually expected.

16. According to the passage, the practice of giving tips A) is consistent throughout the world. B) varies from place to place in the USA. C) is consistent in large towns in the USA. D) is consistent in small towns in the USA.

17. According to the passage, the following are the people one may tip EXCEPT A) porters. B) taxi drivers. C) waiters. D) cleaners.

18. According to the passage, which of the following is INCORRECT? A) \" Extra \" is a fixed charge in some cities. B) \" Extra \" is similar to a tip in some cases. C) If the \" extra \" is paid, one doesn't tip any more. D) Some hotels require people to pay a service charge. 19. According to the passage, the amount of money for a tip A) is the same across restaurants and hotels . B) depends on how much one pays for his meal.

C) generally varies according to the size of one's bag in a hotel. D) is usually small for a cup of coffee at a lunch counter. 20. From the passage we learnt that

A) Americans sometimes are not sure how to tip. B) people in large towns know more about tipping. C)one has to tip no matter how big or small the order is. D) people sometimes don't tip when they are not satisfied。 参考答案

1. Fill out the blanks with the proper form of the words given (1 --5) and choose the best answer (6--10)

1.you telling; 2。 his being;3。 the problem being discussed; 4。young people smoking;5。a ship’s sinking; 6。.D;7。D;8。C; 9。B;10。A;

2. Choose the best answer to the Questions following the passage given below. How Animals Keep Warm

11.C.该题问睡鼠在冬天是如何抵御寒冷的。借助第一段最后一句的描述和第2段，我们看到睡鼠是在冬季到来之前吃饱喝足，然后在洞穴里冬眠。

12.A.能使冬眠的动物存活的主要因素是它们(冬眠动物)在冬季来临前存储在体内的脂肪(A)。答案备选项中的其它三项都与冬眠的动物存活有一定的关系，但不是关键因素。

13.B.冬眠时，动物呼吸的情况可以从第3段的最后一句中得出，因此选B(比较慢的速率)。

14.A.在第4段中提到某些动物在冬季到来前迁徙到其他地方避寒，春季到来时又回到原来的地方。所以\" migration\" 是指随季节从一个地方到另一个地方的迁移。

15.D.答案相关句在第5段。貂不算是完全冬眠的动物，所以B不对;貂也不能迁移到其它地方过冬，所以A也不对;C只是说了貂为冬天作准备，而不是它如何生存的原因。

Tipping 16.B.the practice of giving tips是答案关键词，利用它不难在文章的第4行中发现答案相关句。该句说“美国各地收取小费的做法不一样。” 17.D.文章中没有提到给清洁工小费。这道题也可用常识直接判断。 18.C.C的说法是错误的，因为文章的第2段中提到in some cities the taxi diver may expect a tip in addition to the \" extra \。即：在一些城市出租汽车司机会期望得到除“额外费用”以外的一笔小费，尤其是如果他为你拿了箱子。 19.B.小费的数额是根据饭店帐单按一定百分比来支付的。 20.A.从文章中我们了解到有时美国人也不能确定该付多少小费。 非谓语动词的用法及其意义(下)----动名词结构和分词结构 相关背景知识介绍 动名词从其名称来说就是由动词或动词短语经一定的变化而形成的名词或名词短语。动名词由动词变化而来，因此同表示静态特征的名词相比较， 动名词更强调动作性。 如2002年综合类C级完型填空题： The theoretical separation of __1__, working, traffic and recreation which for many years has been used in„. 1. A. lives B. life C. live D. living 分词在阅读中我们更是常常遇到，这是因为分词结构是一种重要语法结构，它可产生很多中的语义功能，不如作状语，表示伴随状态， e.g. Finding no one at home, he left the house in a bad temper. (=When he found„) 分词的考察在职称英语中的考察也是在词汇题，完型填空题和有关文章阅读理解上都可能会出现。 如2002年综合类A级的词汇题部分： 1. The water in this part of the river has been contaminated by sewage (污水). A. polluted B. downgraded C. mixed D. blackened 2. Alice is a fascinating girl. A. a beautiful B. a pretty C. an attractive D. a pleasant 3. She stood there, crying and trembling with fear. A. shaking B. staggering C. struggling D. murmuring 动名词(Gerund) 动名词的形式 动名词与动词不定式一样，也是一种非谓语形式，它可以带宾语、状语等构成动名词短语。 动名词由动词原形+ing构成，没有人称和数的变化，但有语态的变化，且有一般式和完成式。 以动词study为例： 主动 被动 being studied 一般式 studying 完成式 having studied having been studied 动名词的用法 动名词(或动名词短语)在句中起名词的作用，可用作主语、表语、宾语(动词或介词的宾语)和定语等。 1.作主语 e.g. Swimming is never as fast as running. e.g. Talking about it is no use. e.g. Seeing is believing /眼见为实。 提示：动名词(或动名词短语)作主语时，有时句中使用形式主语it，如： e.g. It is no use talking about it./ 谈论此事并无用处。 常见的形式主语结构(真正的主语是在句子的结尾部分出现的动名词结构) It is +no use , no good , fun, a great pleasure, a waste of time 等名词+ doing sth. It is + useless, nice , good ,interesting, worthwhile, pointless, expensive 等形容词+doing sth. e.g. It is no use crying. e.g. It is no good objecting. e.g. It is a great fun playing football. e.g. It is a waste of time trying to explain. e.g. It is nice seeing you again. e.g. It is expensive running this car. 2.作表语

e.g. Our duty is programming the computer.

e.g. My hobby is performing on musical instruments.

注意：be+动名词(表语)与be+现在分词(构成进行时态)在形式上相同，但在前一种结构中，be是系动词，有词意，而在后一种结构中，be是助动词，只是用来构成一种谓语时态，无词义。二者的区别主要是根据上下文的逻辑意思来定。如： e.g. My favorite sport is skating./ 我特别喜欢的运动是滑冰。(动名词) comp: My brother is skating./ 我的兄弟正在滑冰。(分词) 3.作宾语(动词或介词的宾语)

e.g. They began studying psychology last week. e.g. Would you mind waiting for a moment? 注：

① 很多及物动词都可用动名词作宾语，常见的只可跟动名词的动词有：avoid, deny, dislike, enjoy, excuse, finish, keep, mind, miss, practice, require, suggest, can’t help, give up, insist on等。

② 在下列动词后面，只能跟不定式：agree, decide, desire, determine, expect, hope, pretend, promise, refuse, wish等 ③ 常见的既可跟动名词也可跟不定式作宾语的动词有：attempt, begin, continue, forget, hate, learn, like, love, prefer, need, propose, remember, regret, start, stop, try, want等。如：

e.g. As the plan began moving (to move), the people on the ground waved goodbye./

有时两种结构之间意义差别不大，如表示抽象的、泛指的一般倾向多用动名词;如指特别的或具体某一行动，则用不定式更多些。如： e.g. I like traveling very much./我非常喜欢旅游。(经常性的爱好)。

e.g. Would you like to eat ice-cream with me?/ 你愿意和我一起去吃冰淇淋吗?(指一次的动作)

有些动词后面用动名词还是不定式作宾语，其含义有明显的差别。常见的动词有：stop, remember, forget, regret, try, want等。如：

a.stop后面跟动名词，通常表示“停止或不再做某事”;跟不定式则通常表示“停止或不再做正在做的事，而去做别的事”。如： e.g. Stop arguing and start working./ 停止争论，开始工作。

e.g. I didn’t know how to get there so I stopped to ask the way./我不知道到那儿路怎么走，所以就停下来问路。 b.remember后面跟动名词，通常表示“回忆过去而记得„”，跟不定式则通常表示“记住去干„，别忘了”如： e.g. I remember reading a review of that book. / 我记得读过那本书的评论。

e.g. Please remember to book seats for them today./ 请别忘了今天去戏院为他们订座。

c.regret后面跟动名词，通常表示“对已经发生的情况表示后悔”;跟不定式通常表示“对现在或将来的情况表示抱歉”。如： e.g. I regret telling him this./ 我后悔告诉他这件事。

e.g. I regret to inform you that your application has been refuse./ 我遗憾地通知你，爸爸的申请被拒绝了。 4.作定语

e.g. These dialogues may be used as listening materials. (= materials for listening) e.g. The Reading Room of the British Museum is a large round hall. (=Room for Reading) Ⅲ动名词的时态与语态

动名词分一般式和完成式，一般式表示一般性的动作概念，不明确动作发生的时间(如现在、过去或将来)，有主动语态和被动语态。如：

Besides reading, he is fond of collecting stamps. (主动)/ 除了阅读以外，他还喜欢集邮。 Was she upset at not being invited? (被动)/ 她是否因没有受到邀请而感到不快? 动名词完成式用来表示发生在谓语动作前的动作。它也有主动语态和被动语态。如： I remember having read the article on economic systems.

After having been tested, the instrument was sent to the laboratory. (被动) Comp: Having been tested, the instrument was sent to the laboratory. 注：

① 动名词的完成式用得较少，有时动名词表示的动作虽然发生在谓语动作之前，也常用动名词的一般式来代替。如： After being desalted, sea water can be used for drinking.

② 在need, require, want等动词后面，一般不用动名词的被动形式，即使表示被动意思，也用动名词的主动形式代替。如： The house wants repairing./ 这房子需要修理了。 Ⅳ动名词的逻辑主语 动名词前可以有自己的逻辑主语，作为该动名词所表示的动作的发出者。用作动名词逻辑主语的词类有：物主代词、名词所有格(即名词后加“s”，意为“„的”;复数名词如以s结尾，则其后面只加“’”)、名词通格或人称代词宾格。如： His taking part in the work will help us a lot./他参加这项工作会我们有很大帮助。 We are looking forward to Betty’s coming./ 我们正期待着贝蒂的到来。 She doesn’t like my father and me interfering in her affairs./ 她不愿意我父亲和我干涉她的事情。 注： 如果这种结构不是在句子开头，常可以用名词通格或人称代词宾格，如上述最后一句，这比用所有格更自然一些;但如果动名词逻辑主语是无生命的东西，就只能用名词的通格。如： Here is an example of heat energy turning into electrical energy./这是一个热能转变为电能的例子。 接下来我们一块儿来分析几个句子： From A Thirsty World In addition to stopping wasting our precious water, one useful step we should take is to develop ways of reusing it. But it is possible to pipe water that has been used to a purifying plant. 动名词 Comp: Today, in most large cities, water is used only once and it eventually returns to the sea or runs into underground storage tanks. (storing tanks) Comp: This salt-removing process is already in use in many parts of the world. 分词(participle) 分词的形式 分词也是一种非谓语动词，在句中不能单独作谓语，没有人称和数的变化，它可以带宾语、状语和表语构成分词短语。分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。 1. 现在分词(present participle)和过去分词(past participle)的构成 A.现在分词由原形动词+ing构成，如designing, leaving, stopping等。 B.过去分词分两类，一类是规则动词，由原形动词+ed构成，如started, excited, copied, stopped等;一类是不规则动词，如dug, spoken, written等，需记忆。 2. 分词的时态和语态 现在分词有一般式和完成式，并有主动和被动语态。过去分词则只有一种形式，现以动词study为例： 现在分词 一般式 完成式 过去分词 3. 现在分词和过去分词的区别 A.在时态上，通常现在分词表示进行，过去分词表示完成，如： the developing countries/发展中国家 the developed countries/发达国家 B.在语态上，通常现在分词表示主动，过去分词表示被动，如： a moving film/一部感人的影片(主动) the moved audience/受感动的观众(被动) Ⅱ分词(或分词短语)的用法 在句中可作定语、状语、补足语和表语 1. 作定语 可放在被修饰的名词的前面或后面： A.单个现在分词作定语时，放在被修饰的词的前面;单个过去分词作定语时，放在被修饰的词前，但有时为了强调，也可以放在被修饰的词的后面，例如： The growing plants in our garden need more sunlight and water. B.分词短语作定语时，一般总是放在它所修饰的词之后，例如： The house standing at the corner of the street was built in 1980. 主动 Studying Having studied 被动 Being studied Having been studied Studied 注：

① 现在分词作定语时，表示正在进行的动作，或经常性的动作，或表示现状。 Give the note to the man sitting at that desk.

② 过去分词作定语时，表示的动作是在句子谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生，或是强调被动。 The computer made in our factory has been used to sell tickets to concerts. 如果指的是一个未来的动作，可以用不定式的被动形式。例如：

You are invited to a party to be given at our company at 7 p.m. November 4. 2. 作状语

分词或分词短语可作状语，说明谓语表示的动作发生的时间、条件、原因、结果、伴随情况、行为方式或对谓语加以补充说明等。 1) 表示时间、条件、原因的状语一般放在句子开头或中间，表示结果则放在句末，有时为了强调或明确分词或分词短语所指的是时间，前面可加when, while，所指的是结果，前面可加thus。例如：

e.g. Finding no one at home, he left the house in a bad temper. (=When he found„)/ 发现没人在家，他情绪不好地离开屋子走了。

e.g. Given the opportunity he might well have become an outstanding engineer. (=If he was given„)/ 如果给予机会的话，他很可能成为一个杰出的工程师。

2) 表示伴随情况、行为方式或补充说明。这种分词短语一般不能用状语从句代替，它通常放在句末，但也有放在句首的。如： e.g. She went down the steps into the kitchen, followed by her little daughter./ 她下楼去厨房，后面跟着她的小女儿。 e.g. Sitting still on a stone, the frog is waiting for something to eat./青蛙一动不动地坐在石头上，正等待着什么好吃的东西。

作分词独立结构

分词或分词短语用作状语时，一般说明句子的谓语，分词所表示的动作或状态的主体，一般是句子的主语，但有时分词或分词短语作状语时，还可带自己的动作主体，一般用名词或代词表示，放在分词前面。这种结构称为分词独立结构，如：

e.g. The work done, they put away their tools and left the workshop. / 工作完成后他们收放好工具离开车间了。 e.g. His health failing, he decided to retire from office. / 由于健康情况不佳，他决定离职退休。

分词独立结构有时还可由介词with, without引出，通常用于补充说明或表示伴随情况，有时也有时间、原因、条件、结果等含义，翻译时可根据上下文译为“随着„”，“„之后”，“由于”等，有时也可不译出，如：

e.g.With summer coming on, it’s time to buy air conditioners./ 夏天来临，该是买空调的时候了。 3. 作补足语

分词或分词短语可作补足语。要求分词或分词短语作补足语的常见的动词多为“感觉”和“使役”动词，有feel, find, get, have, hear, imagine, keep, make, notice, see, set, smell, start, watch等。 1) 作宾语补足语

e.g. He heard the clock striking six. e.g. We watched the workmen sawing the trees. 2) 作主语补足语

把上述句子改成被动语态，原来的宾语补语就成为主语补足语了。 e.g. The clock was heard striking six./ 听到钟声敲6点。

e.g. The workmen were watched sawing the trees./ (人们)看工人锯树。 注：

①在“have+宾语+宾语补语”的结构中，宾语补语所表示的动作往往是由别人来完成的。如： e.g. I had my tape recorder repaired./ 我已请人把录音机修好了。

②有些动词可由不定式作补语，又可由分词作补足语。用不定式着重说明已经发生了的事情;用分词着重强调动作进行的情景。如： e.g. I saw him climb over my wall./ 我看见他爬过了我的墙。 Comp: I saw him climbing over my wall./我看见他正爬过我的墙。 4. 作表语

分词或分词短语可在系动词(如be, become, get, remain, seem, stay等)之后作表语。如： John’s stories are amusing./ 约翰的故事令人发笑。

His fine qualities remain unchanged./ 他的优秀本质保持不变。 说明：用在系动词后面作表语的分词，其中大部分已被看作形容词。 Ⅲ分词的时态

过去分词没有时态形式的变化。现在分词分一般式和完成式，一般式表示的动作与谓语动词表示的动作同时或几乎同时发生。

现在分词完成式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前在句中不作定语，常常用作状语，表示时间或原因。如： Having heard the story before, she didn’t want to hear it again./ 以前听过这个故事，她不想再听了。 小结：

1) 分词作状语时，一般情况下分词的逻辑主语就是句子的主语，但在少数情况下句子的主语不一致，分词用来修饰全句。 如：Judging from appearance, he seems to be a strong man. (= if we judge „) 从外表上看，他似乎很强壮。

A) 分词作逻辑主语时，如果其逻辑主语与句子的逻辑主语不一致就应该有自己的逻辑主语，构成分词独立结构。分词独立结构一般位于句首，有时也放在句尾。分词独立结构由名词、代词 + 分词构成，可以表示条件、方式、时间、原因或伴随情况等。

如： The meeting being over, the delegates went out of the hall one by one.会议一结束，代表们一个一个走出了大厅。 Everything taken into consideration, his plan seems to be workable.把一切考虑在内，他的计划似乎可行。 各种从句的构成和意义 ---名词性从句和状语从句 相关背景知识介绍：

从句使用的目的： 为了表述比较复杂的语意; 从句结构要在句子中充当某种语法功能;

在一篇文章中各种从句结构常常是频繁出现，如：语言难度为C级的文章The Sea中的第一段:

What do you know about the sea? We know that it looks very pretty(宾语从句) when the sun is shining on it(宾语从句中的时间状语从句)We also know that it can be very rough(宾语从句) when there is a strong wind. (宾语从句中的时间状语从句)What other things do we know about it? 小结:

从句通常有连词引导;

有些从句结构与主句中的某些结构发生直接关系(如: 宾语从句等名词性从句), 有些从句与主句在语意上呈现明显的逻辑关系(如: 状语从句)

这个段落中的从句结构与句子主句结构之间的关系清晰明了, 因此这些从句所在的复合句也很容易理解。 但有时候, 从句在句子所起的语法功能可能会由于句子使用了特殊的结构而变得不很清晰，如： 形式主语结构:

e.g. It was reported that the bank was robbed of more than one million dollars. 主语从句

e.g. It is certain that we shall succeed. 主语从句

rob sb./sth. of sth./盗劫某人„;抢夺某人„，使某人/某物丧失„ 特殊搭配结构:

e.g. We take it that you would be appointed the director of the sales department. 宾语从句

sb. take it that „ /某人以为„ 强调句型:

e.g. It is the factory that we have been wanting to visit. e.g. It is I who am fortunate.

有时从句与主句中的相关结构之间的关系还可能会由于在从句与主句之间插入了某些结构而变得不很清晰，如： I consider the news to be false that he was fired.

从句结构作为职称英语考试中必须掌握的重要语法点, 在复习中我们要注意掌握引导各种从句结构的典型连词, 掌握从句结构在句子中所起的语法功能, 了解对引导从句结构的连词的处理, 了解在一些特殊句子结构中从句的使用。 名词性从句(Noun Clause)

一个主句和一个或一个以上的从句组成的句子称为复合句Complex sentence。主句是句子的主体，从句只用作句子的一个成分而从属于主句。从句种类由从句在句中所起的作用而定。充当主语、宾语、表语、同位语、定语和状语的从句分别称为主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句、同位语从句、定语从句和状语从句。其中主语、宾语、表语和同位语从句在句中的作用相当于名词通常在句中所起的作用，因而统称为名词性从句(noun clause)。 引导这些从句的词主要有三类：

1. 从属连词：that (无词义，仅具有语法功能)，whether (是否)，if (是否) 2. 连接代词：who, whom, whose, what, which 3. 连接副词：when, where, why, how

从属连词只起连接作用;连接代词和连接副词除可起连接作用外，还充当句中的某一成分

Ⅰ、主语从句 (Subject Clause)

e.g. That the sea covers about three-fourths of the earth’s surface is well known. e.g. Which design is more practical is still a question.

按照英语习惯，有些句子可用it作形式主语，放在句首，而将主语从句放在后面，使句子更为平衡。如上面的句子可改为： e.g. It is well known that the sea covers about three-fourths of the earth’s surface. e.g. It is still a question which design is more practical. 小结:

主语从句通常位于主语的位置上, 但是有时也可能出现在句子的末尾部分(句子的结构是形式主语的结构). 当句子的主语是从句结构时, 谓语部分应该使用单数的形式. Ⅱ、宾语从句 (Object Clause) 宾语从句可以作动词或介词的宾语。

e.g. They tell me (that) the math course is difficult. e.g. I wonder whether (if) the refrigerator is large enough. e.g. Please let me know when the telephone will be installed. e.g. He informed me of what they wanted. 比较:

e.g. Please inform him of the fact that I’ve seen her. 注：

1. 宾语从句通常紧跟在动词和介词的后面。

2. 引导宾语从句的连词“that”在口语和非正式文体中常可省略。

3. whether和if都可以表示“是否”的意思，在口语中常可以互换，如上面第2个例句，“I wonder”后面既可用“whether”也可以用“if”引出宾语从句，意思不变。但如果作为介词的宾语，或后面跟有“„or not”，或引出主语从句时，则只用whether而不用if，如：

e.g. It all depends on whether we can get their cooperation. e.g. Tell me whether you like the handbag or not. e.g. Whether they will join us hasn’t been made clear. 他们是否参加我们的活动还不清楚。 Ⅲ、表语从句

表语从句与系词(以及半系动词)一起构成主句的谓语结构。 e.g. My problem is how we can reduce this high temperature. 我的问题是我们怎么能够降低这样的高温。

e.g. Our conclusion is that, in view of 由于the drought, there is only enough water for two days. for： 就„而言

e.g. It is rather cold for January. e.g. She is clever for her age

e.g. It seems that it is going to rain. 表语从句 It seems that „好像，似乎 It seems to me that „我想，我以为

e.g. The cloth feels as if it were made of silk. 表语从句 Ⅳ、同位语从句

同位语从句用以说明名词的内容，使之明确而具体化。跟有同位语从句的名词通常是一些需要进一步说明其具体内容与含义的名词。如conclusion, doubt, fact, fear, hope, idea, news, opinion, suggestion等。从句通常由that引导，有时也可由whether, what, when, where, why, how等引出。

e.g.There is no doubt that he will succeed. 毫无疑问，他一定成功。

e.g.My opinion that no action need be taken yet is shared by most of us here. 我的意见是现在还不需要采取行动，这是我们这里大多数人的共识。

They haven’t have any idea when it is proper to take action. 对于什么时候适合采取行动, 他们还没有任何想法. /他们还没有想出什么时候适合采取行动 提示:

在翻译的过程中对同位语从句常常可以采取的处理方式是: “添词”(在同位语从句和从句前的名词之间添加谓语动词)+ “结构转换”(把同位语从句转换成宾语从句的结构)(如: 上面第2个例句); 或者采用“词性转换法+ 结构转换法”(把同位语从句前面的名词转换成动词，这样同位语从句也就转换成宾语从句(如: 上面第3个例句) 接下来我们看看实际考题中的句子： (2002年综合A级考题阅读理解第3篇文章) Effects of Environmental Pollution

Two spectres haunting conservationists have been the prospect(给“预测”这个中性词添加上了词语色彩， 变成担心， 接着把名词“担心”变成动词的“担心”))that environmental pollution might lead to the planets' becoming unbearably hot or cold. One of these ghosts has now been laid, because it seems that even an increase in the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere to eight times its present value will produce an increase in temperature of only 2C, which would take place over several thousand years.

各种从句的构成和意义 ---名词性从句和状语从句 状语从句(The Adverbial Clause)

在复合句中起状语作用的从句叫状语从句,可表示时间、地点、原因、目的、结果、条件、让步等意义。 I. 时间状语从句

时间状语从句通常有when(当„„时候)，whenever(在任何时候, 每当)，as(当„„时候，随着)，while(在„„期间，与„„同时)，before(在„„以前)，after (在„„之后)，since(自从„„以来)，as soon as (一„„就)，until( till) (直到„„)等连词引导： 如：

e.g.A well-mannered person never laughs at people when they are in trouble. e.g.Whenever the manager is out, his assistant signs the letters. e.g.The Premier is now at the door greeting his guests as they arrive. e.g.While Betty was getting dressed, she kept looking at the clock. e.g.He talked to the blind girl as the train pulled out of the station. e.g.The fields don’t require irrigation until weather is dry in the summer. II. 地点状语从句

地点状语从句通常由where (哪里，在„„地方)，wherever( 无论什么地方)等 连词引导：

e.g.When previewing a new lesson, make marks where you have questions. 预习新课时，在你有问题时做个记号。

e.g.Please take this suitcase and put it wherever you can find enough space. 请提着这个小箱子，找一个有空的地方放着。 III. 原因状语从句

原因状语从句通常由because (因为)，since(既然，由于)，as (因为，由于)等连词引导： e.g.We didn’t go to that restaurant again because the service was poor. 因为服务太差，我们不再去那个餐馆吃饭了。

e.g.Since numerous objections were made, the plan was not accepted. 既然有很多人反对，计划就没有通过。

e.g.As Venus is the brightest planet, we can sometimes see it in the daytime. 由于金星是最光亮的行星，我们有时白天能看到它。

注：because 表示有必然的因果关系，“原因”意味最强，since表示一种间接或附带的原因，有汉语“既然”的意义，较because稍弱。as 表示“原因”的意味更弱。 IV.目的状语从句

目的状语从句通常由that (为了，以便)，so that(为了，以便)，in order that(为了，以便)，lest (以免，以防)等连词引导： e.g.Bring the picture closer that I can see it better.

e.g.The material for building the bridge must be very strong so that it may not break in use.为使桥梁不致在使用中断裂，建造桥梁的材料强度必须非常高。

e.g.He checked all his figures again in order that the report might be as accurate as possible. 他把所有的数字又检查了一次，为的是使报告尽可能准确。

e.g.Please remind me of it again tomorrow, lest I (should) forget. 请你明天再提醒我一下，免得我忘记。

V. 结果状语从句

结果状语从句通常由so that(结果,以至), so„that(如此„以致),such„that(这样的„以致) 等连词引导,表示结果。

e.g.Steel has many advantages so that it is widely used in industry.

e.g.So many people applied for the job that he spent the entire day giving interviews. 有那么多人申请这份工作,以致他花了一整天时间进行面试。

e.g.It was such a worthy cause that we contributed a generous amount of money. 这项事业很有价值,因此我们捐赠了大量款项.

注: so that 既可表示“目的”，也可表示“结果”的含义。表示“目的”时,从句中通常出现may(might), can (could), should, would等情态动词, 但表示“结果”的从句有时也可用情态动词,所以有时需要根据上下文来判断从句所表示的逻辑关系。 VI.条件状语从句

条件状语从句通常由if (如果),unless(除非,若不),suppose(supposing)(假设),provided(假若), in case(如果),as(so)long as (只要)等连词引导，表示假设条件。

e.g.If the car is powered by electricity, there will be less pollution. e.g.Unless you study hard, you won’t get a scholarship.

e.g.Provided/Suppose/Given there is no opposition, we shall hold the meeting here. 假若没有反对意见,我们将在这儿开会.

e.g.The mass meeting will be put off in case it rains. 万一下雨,群众大会将延期. VII. 让步状语从句.

让步状语从句通常although(though)(虽然),as(虽然),while(虽然),even if (though)(即使),however(不管怎样),whatever(不管,无论什么),no matter what(how, where, when)不管什么(怎样\\哪里\\何时),whether„or (不管„还是)等连词引导: 如:

e.g.He will not reveal the secret though (even if )he knows it . 虽然(纵使)他知道这个秘密,他却(也)不肯说出来.

e.g.The galaxy, vast as it is , is only a small island in the endless universe.银河系虽然浩瀚,但在茫茫无际的宇宙中仅是一个小岛而已.

e.g.While this is true of some, it is not true of all. 这件事虽然对一些人适用,但并非对所有人都适用.

e.g.We’ll carry our experiment through no matter what obstacles we should have in our way. 不管在我们道路上有什么障碍,我们一定要把试验进行到底.

e.g.However hard you try, you won’t be able to do it alone. 无论你多努力,一个人也做不好.

e.g.Whether you like it or not, you’ll have to do it. 你必须做这件事,不管你喜欢不喜欢. 职称英语核心词汇推荐: cancer n. 癌;肿瘤;

candidate n. 候选人，投考者;

(B级)capability n. (实际)能力，性能，容量(at full capacity/以全(部)力(量);满功率，满负载; to capacity/达最大限度、满负载); (capability – ability – capacity能力)

capable adj. 有能力的，能干的;有可能的(be capable of/[指人]有„„的能力或倾向;[指物]易于); (capable -- able) capital n. 首都，资本;

captain n. 船长，舰长，机长, (球队的)队长, 指挥者

capture v. 俘获，捕获, 夺取，夺得(奖品等) (capture -catch捕获) car n. 汽车;小汽车; (= motor car);客车，[铁]车厢; card n. 纸牌;卡片;

care n. 注意;照料;照顾;喜爱(care for/喜欢;照顾; take care/当心; take care of/照料;关怀;处理; with care/小心; care about/关心;担心; care nothing about/对„„漠不关心;对„„毫不介意); (care for – like – love –enjoy – be fond of喜欢) career n.事业;(career woman/职业妇女); (career – profession 职业) careful adj. 小心的，仔细的(be careful about/注意);

careless adj. 粗心的;疏忽的;

carry v. 携带，运送(carry on/继续; carry out/实现;完成;实行; carry through/帮(某人)渡过难关);

case n. 事;病例;案例;情形;场合(in case/以防;可能;in case of/如果;万一; in any case/无论如何; in most cases/大多数情况下);

cash n. 现金 v. 兑现( to pay (in) cash/现金支付; short of cash/缺钱); cast v. 投，扔, 【冶金】浇铸，铸造, 撒网(cast – throw投，扔) casual adj. 随便的;不经意的;临时的;(casual – informal随便的) cat n. 猫;猫科动物(如猫、虎、狮等) (rain cats and dogs/下倾盆大雨);

catch v. 捕获;赶上(车船等);发觉;感染(疾病);抓住 (catch up with/赶上, catch a cold/感冒; catch attention/引起注意); (catch – grasp – grip – seize抓住)

category n. 类型，部门，种类 (category –kind种类)

cater v. 备办食物;满足(需要);投合(cater for/替(某人)办酒席; cater to/迎合;投合); (cater for – satisfy – meet满足(需要))

cause n. 原因;事业 v. 引起，促成 (cause – bring about引起) (cause –reason原因) (B级)cautious adj. 谨慎的，小心的 (be cautious of 留意，谨防)(cautious -- careful) cease v. 停，终止(cease – stop - end) celebrate v. 举行(仪式);庆祝(胜利等) cell n.小房间, 【生物学】细胞;【电学】电池

central adj. 中心的，中央的, 重要的，主要的 (central - important)

center n. 中心, 中枢，核心;中心人物 (center – heart – core – middle中心) 相关词汇考题分析: (变形于CET -4, 1997, 6)

1. Housewives who do not go out to work feel they are not working to their full ability. A. capacity B. strength C. length D. possibility 1. A. 分析: ability – capacity – capability 能力

work to one’s full ability/capacity/capability 充分地发挥自己的能力 strength力，力量，体力 (with all one's strength 尽力) length长度, 程度，范围(at full length充分地)

possibility (= probability 可能性)( The probability is that ... /很可能是„; There is no probability of [that] ... /很难会...)

(变形于CET -4, 1989.1)

2. The newest satellite can send a thousand telephone conversations and a color TV program at the same time. A. carry B. extend C. bring D. take 2. A. 分析: send – carry输送 extend伸出(手等), 延(期), 扩大，扩展 bring拿来，带来, 产生

take取得;获得, 带去, 接受(礼物等), 听从(忠告), 担负(责任), 耗费(时间等) carry 搬运，装运, 含有(意义);附带(权利、义务等) 各种从句的构成和意义---定语从句与英语中的其他定语结构 相关背景知识介绍：

在英语中能充当定语的“角色”很多，如：不定式结构，介词结构，动名词，分词(现在分词/过去分词)，名词，形容词/复合形容词和定语从句。但这些结构在作定语时位置却未必都在所修饰词的前面，如：(选自C级难度的文章The White House)

On the next其次的floor, there are three rooms named after the colors(过去分词短语作定语) that are used in them(定语从句): the Red Room, the Blue Room, and the Green Room. The walls are covered with silk cloth. There are many pieces of old furniture, from the time when the White House was first built(定语从句). (be named after„: 以„而命名) l 定语从句(Attributive Clause)

在复合句中修饰名词或代词的从句称为定语从句。被定语从句修饰的词叫先行词，定语从句必须放在先行词之后。 引导定语从句的词有两类：

1、 关系代词：which, that, who, whom, whose 2、 关系副词：when, where, why Ⅰ关系代词引出定语从句

which, that代替事或物，在从句中做主语或宾语(作宾语时可省略)。Who, that代替人，在从句中who做主语，whom作宾语(可省略)。Whose代替人或物，在从句中做定语。如：

1. The road which (that)leads to the small town has been widened. 通往小镇的那条路已经加宽了。(which或that 在从句中做主语) (lead to (道路等)通往)

2. I want the book that(which) you borrowed from the library. 我想要你从图书馆借的那本书。(that或which在从句中作宾语) 3. Students who (that)study hard are usually successful. 学习努力的学生往往获得成就。(who或that在从句中做主语)

4. The man whom( that )you are talking to is the dean大学的)院长，系主任of our department. 与你交谈的那个人是我们的系主任。(whom, that 在从句中作宾语) (talk to sb. : 对某人说话)

5. There have been only a few scientists whose work has changed man’s total view of the world. 只有少数几位科学家的工作成果改变了人类整个对宇宙的看法。(whose指人，whose所在的结构在从句中做主语)

提示:whose 引导定语从句，且whose所在的结构在从句中充当主语时, 可以按照句子的结构顺序进行翻译(whose 翻译成 “的”)： e.g. a river whose banks are covered with trees 河的两岸由树覆盖者/ 河的两岸种植有树木。 比较：

6. The building whose roof we can see from here is the United Nations Headquarters. 从我们这里能看见屋顶的那座楼是联合国总部。(whose指物，whose所在的结构在从句中做宾语) 小节：

1. 关系代词which, who, whom, that如果在从句中作宾语，可以省略;

2. 关系代词在定语从句中做主语时，从句中谓语动词的人称和数必须与先行词一致，如上面的第(1)、(3)句。第(1)句 (The road which (that)leads to the small town has been widened.) 中先行词road是第三人称单数，所以从句谓语动词用leads; 第(3)句 (Students who (that)study hard are usually successful.) 中先行词students是第三人称复数，所以从句中谓语动词用study. 3. 在用whom引出的定语从句中，如前面不带介词，可用who代替whom, 如上面第(4)句。 4. 关系代词that和which在指物时，一般没什么区别，但在下列情况下一般用that; A.先行词为all, everything, nothing, anything, little等不定代词时。如： e.g. All (that)she lacked was training. 她唯一缺乏的就是锻炼。 e.g. Everything(that)we saw at the exhibition was of great interest. 我们展览会上看到的一切都很吸引人。

B、先行词为序数词或形容词最高级所修饰时。如：

e.g. The first things(that)you have to do is to register. 你必须要做的第一件事是注册登记。

e.g. This is the most exciting football game (that) I have ever seen. 这是我看到最激动人心的足球比赛。 Ⅱ关系副词引出的定语从句

关系副词when指时间、where指地点，why指原因，她们引出的定语从句分别用来修饰表示时间、地点、原因的先行词如day, time, place, building, reason等。这些关系副词在从句中均做状语。例如：

e.g. In the days when black and white TV sets were so widely used, no one realized how soon color TV sets would replace them. 在黑白电视机如此广泛使用的日子里，没有人意识到彩电会那么快取代它。 e.g. How fast are we running now我们现在跑的速度怎么样? (多快) e.g. How often do you go there 你多久去那里一次? (多久一次) e.g. Ask him how he does it.问问他是怎样做的。 e.g. He does not know how to swim. 他不知道怎样游泳。

e.g. Air conditioning is very important in some industries where special conditions must be kept. 空气调节设备在一些需要保持特殊环境的工业部门十分重要。

e.g. Do you know the reason why things don’t fall off the earth?

你知道物体为什么不掉离地球的原因吗? (fall off：下降，离开)

Ⅲ介词+which(whom)引出的定语从句

这种定语从句在修饰人时，介词后只用whom,修饰物时只用which,而不用that.例如： e.g. The man with whom I share the room is a young teacher fresh from college. 与我同屋的人是一位刚从大学毕业的青年教师。 (fresh from school 刚由学校毕业)

e.g. This is the shelf on which I keep my books.这是我放书的架子。

e.g. The famous economist of whom we have often heard will come to give us a lecture next Friday. 我们常听说的那位经济学家下周五将给我们讲课。 (hear of: 听说 )

(give a lecture: 讲课，讲演 ) (attend a lecture 听报告;上课) 注：

当介词位于从句句末时，作为介词宾语的which和whom则仍可改用that,也可省略，如上面最后两句可改为; This is the shelf (which或that)I keep my books on.

The famous economist(whom或that)we have often heard of will come to give us a lecture next Friday.

ⅠV.限制性(restrictive)定语从句和非限制性(non-restrictive)定语从句根据其与先行词的密切程度可分为限制性和非限制性定语从句。

1、 限制性定语从句

限制性定语从句与先行词关系密切，如去掉从句，句子的意思就不完整，不明确。从句与主句之间不用逗号隔开。译成汉语时，一般先译定从句，再译先行词，译成“„的„”. 2.非限制性定语从句

非限制性定语从句与先行词的关系比较松散,从句只对先行词附加说明,没有该从句句子的意思仍然完整。 主句与从句之间常用逗号隔开，翻译时一般分译成两个句子。所用关系代词与限制性定语从句基本相同，但that一般不用于非限制性定语从句。 如： e.g. Mary has written several popular novels, one of which has been translated into ten foreign languages. 玛丽写了几本畅销小说, 其中的一本已经被翻译成十种外语. (which 指代several popular novels) e.g.The professor introduced me to his students, most of whom were from abroad. 教授向我介绍了他的学生，其中大多数是来自国外。(whom指代his students) e.g. They rowed across the Atlantic, which had never been done before. 他们划船横渡大西洋，这是史无前例的创举。(which指代前面整个句子的内容) 注：

非限制性定语从句除可修饰主句中的词外，有时还可修饰整个主句，这时所用的关系代词which代替的是整个主句或主句的一部分。从句中谓语动词用第三人称单数。如上面(3)个例句，which代替They rowed across the Atlantic整个主句。 各种从句的构成和意义---定语从句与英语中的其他定语结构 练习： 难度：A/B级

In the Global Economy

Most nations today -- regardless of their degree of economic development or their political philosophies – recognize the importance of marketing. Indeed, economic growth in developing nations depends greatly on the ability to design effective marketing systems for their raw materials and industrial output.

Today, a global marketplace is emerging(形成). In many (perhaps most) national markets, companies of numerous countries compete aggressively(激烈地).

Consider the U.S. market for example. Until the late 1970s, the United States provided a large domestic market for American firms, and there was no significant(重大的) foreign competition in most industries in that market. But the picture changed dramatically(显著地) through the 1980s as foreign firms improved their products and their marketing expertise, and then successfully entered the American market. Many imported products have achieved large sales --- office equipment, autos, apparels(衣服), watches, semiconductors, and consumer electronics for example. As a result the United States has been running large annual trade deficits(赤字), meaning that imports greatly exceed exports.

In the early 1980s, the competition facing U.S. firms came primarily from Japanese companies. Later, companies in the

four \" Asian tigers \" added to competitive pressures. In the 1990s, continuing competition from these Pacific Rim (边缘)countries and regions will be augmented(扩张) by a new challenge from Western Europe. Starting in 1992, the 12-nation European community will eliminate(消除)internal trade barriers and adopt uniform technical, financial, and marketing standards. A more integrated(完整的) European Community will open major marketing opportunities for internationally -- minded U.S. firms, but at the same time, it is expected to stiffen(使变猛烈) competition.

More and more American firms -- many large ones and even some rather small ones -- are moving into foreign markets. Many companies are concluding that achieving profit and growth objectives is most likely through a combination of domestic and international marketing rather than sole reliance on domestic marketing. 注：带有下划线的结构是我们挑出的带有定语的结构。 1.不定式结构

上文中用不定式作定语的结构是：

the ability to design effective marketing systems for their raw materials and industrial output.

提示：不定式作定语要放在所修饰的词的后面; 如果不定式结构中的动词和所修饰的名词是动宾关系时要注意不定式结构的主动和被动的选择;如果不定式结构使用的动词是不及物动词时往往需要在该动词后加上介词。 e.g. I have a book to read. Comp: I have a book to be read. Comp: The silk feels very soft. e.g. She needs a friend to play with. e.g. I want a pen to write with. 2.介词结构

上文中用介词短语作定语的结构是： their degree of economic development the importance of marketing

economic growth in developing nations companies of numerous countries

continuing competition from these Pacific Rim (边缘)countries and regions a new challenge from Western Europe 注意：介词结构做定语只能位于被修饰词的后面; e.g. I want the book on the desk.

e.g. Can you see the girl in front of the shop? 3.动名词

上文中没有用动名词作定语的结构。

注意：动名词作定语的结构相当于介词结构for。

e.g. I have had our washing machined examined. (machine for washing) e.g. We just returned from the reading room. (room for reading) 4.分词(现在分词/过去分词) 上文中用分词作定语的结构是： Many imported products;

A more integrated(完整的) European Community; the competition facing U.S. firms;

continuing competition from these Pacific Rim (边缘)countries and regions internationally -- minded U.S. firms 职称英语核心词汇推荐:

century n. 世纪，百年(the turn of centuries/世纪之交);

certain adj. 肯定的，必然的(be certain of/确信，深信;be certain to do必然做。。;一定做。。);(certain – sure肯定的)(certain – bound必然的)

chain n. 链(条)，一连串，一系列;

chair n. 椅子(take a chair/入座，就座， take the chair/做主席;主持会议)v. 主持; chairman n. 主席，会长(chairman of the board [of directors]/董事长); challenge n. 挑战v. 向„„挑战;

chance n. 机会;可能性(a chance to do sth. /做„„的机会;by chance/偶然，意外地;give sb. a chance/给某人一次机会);(chance – opportunity机会) change n. 改变;找回的零钱 v. 改变 (change into/变为;for a change/为了改变一下;small change/零钱);(change – convert改变) channel n. 海峡;水道;频道; characteristic adj. 特有的;典型的 n. 特性(be characteristic of.../所独有的特征，有„„的特色); charge n.电荷;费用;掌管;充电v.控诉;收费(in charge of/负责;in the charge of sb. /由某人负责;charge sb. with (a crime)/控告某人。。罪); charming adj. 迷人的;(charming – attractive – pretty – beautiful迷人的) cheap adj. 便宜的，不值钱的; cheat n. 欺骗;骗子v. 欺骗(cheat sb. into/哄骗某人„„); check n. 阻止，制止;支票v. 检查;制止;核对(blank check /空白支票; check in/登记;报到;draw a check/开一张支票); (B)cheerful adj. 快乐的;高兴的;(cheerful – joyful – happy – glad - merry快乐的) chemical adj. 化学的 n. [常pl. ] 化学制品;化学药品; chemistry n. 化学; chief adj. 主要的;首要的;首席的; child n. 孩子;儿女 (pl. )children; (B)childish adj. 孩子气的，幼稚的; China n. 中国; china n. 陶瓷;陶器(a piece of china/一件瓷器;a set of china/一套瓷器); Chinese adj. 中国的;中国人的;中国话的 n. 中国人;中文(Chinese calendar/农历); choice n. 选择，抉择; choose v. 选择，选定(choose sth. from/among sth. /从„„中挑选)(choose –select选择) Christmas n. 圣诞节 (Christmas Eve/圣诞节前夕，平安夜); chronic adj. 慢性的，持续很长的(a chronic disease/慢性病); cigarette n. 香烟，纸烟; cinema n. 电影院;电影 (go to cinema/看电影去); circle n. 圆周;循环v. 围;环绕;盘旋(in a circle/呈圆形); 虚拟语气的构成及用法 l 相关背景知识介绍 虚拟语气 = 虚拟(假设) + 语气 Bus travel now and then (2001年版C级) For cities without other public transport services, if all the buses were to stop running for a day, work would come to a standstill (停止) in hundreds of offices and factories and... 虚拟语气 (Subjunctive Mood) 虚拟语气是谓语动词的一种形式，用于表示非真实的假设，或表示命令、建议以及说话人的主观愿望，有时也有使语气缓和、委婉的作用。 Ⅰ、条件句中的虚拟语气 1.构成 含有条件状语从句的句子称为条件句。如果所表示的条件是真实的，或者完全可能实现的，则称为真实条件句，其主句和从句的谓语都用陈述语气，如： You may spoil the work if you make the same mistake again. 如果条件句表示的条件根本不可能实现或实现的可能性很小时，则称为虚拟条件句，其主句和从句的谓语就要用虚拟语气。谓语形式因时间不同而有所不同。现以动词give和tell为例列表如下： 与现在事实相反的假定 条件从句 gave 主句 should + tell would + tell 与过去事实相反的假定 had + given should + have + told would + have + told 推测未来不可能实现或实现可能should + give should + tell 性很小的假定 were to + give gave would + tell 注： ① 在与现在事实相反的假设条件从句中谓语为be时，一般不分人称，多用过去式的复数形式were。如主语为第一、三人称单数时，也可用was (但“if I were you„”中只能用were。) ② 主句中第一人称常用should，第二、三人称常用would。但在美国英语中，第一人称也常用would。主句中除should, would外，还可用could, might。 2.用法 (1) 与现在事实相反的假定。如： If the sun stopped radiating(放射出) heat and light, life on earth would be impossible. 如果太阳停止放射光和热，地球上的生命就不可能生存。 If I were you, I should start packing now. 如果我是你，我现在就动手收拾行装了。 (2) 与过去事实相反的假定。如： If you had started your work earlier, you would have finished it. 如果当时你早点开始工作的话，你早就把工作完成了。 He would have succeeded in the Sydney Olympic Games if his courage hadn’t failed him. 如果他不是当时一时胆怯，他就会已经在悉尼奥运会上获胜了。 (3) 推测未来不可能实现或实现可能性很小的假定。如： If the director came tomorrow, I would tell him about our proposal. 如果主任明天来，我将把我们的建议告诉他。 If I should live in the twenty-second century, I would spend my vacation on the moon. 如果我生活在二十二世纪，我将在月球上度假。 What would you do if war were to break out(爆发)? 如果战争爆发，你怎么办? 注： ①虚拟条件从句中，如谓语中有were (was), had, should等词，有时可把这些词放到主语前，并省略连词if。如上面(2)中的第一句(If you had started your work earlier, you would have finished it.) 和(3)中的第二句 (If I should live in the twenty-second century, I would spend my vacation on the moon.) 可分别改为下列形式而意思不变： Had you started your work earlier, you would have finished it. Should I live in the twenty-second century, I would spend my vacation on the moon. ②虚拟条件除用从句表示外，还可以通过介词短语等来表示，这时句中动词也用虚拟语气。如： Without dust, there would be no clouds and no rain. 没有灰尘，不会有云，也不会有雨。 But for your cooperation, my business would have collapsed. 要不是你的合作，我经营的企业早就垮了。 虚拟语气的一些其他用法 1.在表示愿望、建议、要求、命令等含义的动词及其派生的同根名词后面的主语从句、表语从句及同位语从句中的谓语一般用虚拟语气，即“should +动词原形”或只用动词原形。这类从句常见的动词有：demand, desire, request, require, propose, suggest, recommend, move (提议), order, command, insist等。如： e.g. It is required that the equipment should be tested again before it is actually put into operation. 这台设备在实际投入运行前要求再测试一次。 e.g. The experts recommended that highways be provided with sensors buried beneath them to emit signals to the car. 专家们建议在公路路面下埋置传感器使之能向汽车发出信号。 e.g. We all insist that we not rest until we finish the work. 大家都坚决要求不完工就不休息。 2.某些形容词后面的主语从句的谓语用虚拟语气 在It is necessary (important, imperative必须的，essential, advisable可取的，better)等句型中的主语从句中，谓语一般用“should +动词原形”或只用动词原形。如： e.g. It is imperative that Franck do away with his bad habit. 弗兰克改掉他的坏习惯是绝对必要的。 e.g. It is essential that men in space should take their own air with them in order to breathe. 太空人为了呼吸，自备氧气是必不可少的。 3.在wish后的宾语从句中，谓语用虚拟语气。 动词wish后的宾语从句，表示未实现的主观愿望。这时，宾语从句的谓语动词用虚拟语气。如：I wish I could afford a new car. 我要是能买得起一辆崭新的汽车就好了。 具体形式及用法如下表： 宾语从句谓语形式(例词know) 过去式knew 过去完成式had known 过去将来式would know 谓语动词be的过去时为were，适用于一切人称。例如： e.g. I wish my mother were in good health.我真希望我母亲现在的身体健康。 4.在以as if, as though (好像，似乎)引出的与事实不符的状语从句中，谓语用虚拟语气，其形式一般用动词的过去式表示对现在情况的推测。用过去完成式表示对过去情况的推测。如： e.g. The moon shines brightly, as if it gave off light by itself. 月亮照得很明亮，仿佛它本身发光一样。 e.g. I was horrified at his appearance. He looked as though he hadn’t slept for weeks. 他的外表吓了我一跳，看上去似乎好几个星期没睡觉。 注： 在由as if, as though引导的从句中通常用虚拟语气，但如果从句中所传述的情况实现的可能性较大，则用陈述语气。如： e.g. It looks as if it is going to rain. 天似乎要下雨了。 5. 用should (would), could, might + 动词原形的形式表示委婉的虚拟语气 e.g. We’ll have soup to start with. What would you like after that? 我们首先上汤，接着你们喜欢上什么菜? e.g. The expert explains that the car’s computer might reduce the car’s speed to get it out of danger. 专家解释说汽车上的计算机可以使减速从而避免危险。 6.在“it is (high, about) time+从句”中，表示早该做而没有做的事，含建议的意味，其从句谓语动词用过去式。例如： Ø It’s (high) time (that) we left now. 现在我们该走了。 It’s (about) time (that) the children went to bed. 孩子们该上床睡觉了。 Ø 课堂练习： 1) We require that the leader ____ us immediately of any change in plans. A inform B informs C informed D has informed 2) ____ before we depart the day after tomorrow, we should have a wonderful dinner party. A Had they arrived B Would they arrive C Were they arriving D Were they to arrive 3) ____ for my illness I would have lent him a hand. A Not being B Had it not been C Without being D Not having been 核心词汇推荐: circumstance n. 环境;境况(circumstances – environment - setting – surrounding 环境, 情况 ); (in [under] the circumstances/在这种情况下); citizen n. 市民;公民; city n. 城市，都市; civil adj. 全民的;市民的;公民的 ; claim n. (根据权利提出)要求;主张v. (根据权利)要求，主张(make a claim for/对(赔偿等)提出要求„„); class n. 班级;阶级;种类;(一节)课(in class/在上课中); classical adj. 古典的;古典文学的;人文科学的(classical music/古典音乐; classical school/古典(经济) 学派); 用法 表示现在未实现的愿望 表示过去未实现的愿望 表示将来不大可能实现的愿望 classify (B) v. 把„分类 classmate n. 同学;同班同学; classroom n. 教室;

clean adj. 清洁的，干净的v. 打扫，清扫;

clear adj. 清楚的，清晰的(clear – apparent清楚的，清晰的);空旷的; v. 扫除，清除;晴(clear away/清除, 消失); clever adj. 机灵的，聪明的;

climate n. 气候(political climate/政治风气; a mild climate/温和的气候); climb v. 攀登;爬;爬高(climb up[down] the hill/上[下]山); clinic n. 门诊部;临床;

clock n. (时)钟(around the clock/日以继夜;整日整夜 (= round the clock));

close v. 关，关闭;结束 n. 结束 adj. 近的，紧密的;精密的;封闭的;亲密的(close down/关闭;封闭;close season/禁猎期; close to/与„„接近;与„„靠近;将近;在„„附近);

cloth n. 布;织物;衣料(cut one’s coat according to one’s cloth/量布裁衣，量入为出); clothes n. 衣服;[总称]被褥;各种衣服(put on [take off] one’s clothes/穿[脱]衣服); clothing n. [集合词]衣服; cloud n. 云;烟云;

cloudy adj. 多云的，阴天的;模糊的; club n. 俱乐部;

clue (B)n. 提示，线索(clue – hint 提示，线索)

clumsy (A) adj. 笨拙的, 手脚不灵活的 (clumsy – awkward 笨拙的) coal (A)n. 煤;煤炭;

coarse (B) adj. 粗的;粗糙的(coarse – rough粗糙的);未加工的(coarse– crude 未加工的);(表面)不光滑的; coast n. 海岸(along the coast/沿海岸off the coast/在海面上); coat: n. 上衣, (油漆等) 涂层 ; v. 给„穿上外套, 给„上涂 coffee: n. 咖啡 coin: n. 硬币

cold adj. 冷，寒，冻;冰凉的; 冷静的; n. 感冒，着凉，伤风 , 寒冷; (have(catch/get/ come down with) a cold 患感冒) 往年考题回顾: 变形于(CET-4, 1999,6)

We have been told under no ___ may we have the telephone in the office for personal affairs. A. circumstances B. environment C. setting D. surroundings 答案A. “under no circumstances + 倒装结构” : 在任何情况下决不„ 练习：

1. Fill in the blanks with the given verbs in the proper subjunctive mood and translate the sentences into Chinese. 1. Were there no dust, there ________ (be) either very strong sunshine that________(be) harmful to us or a black shadow in which we ________(see) nothing.

2. If Newton were to come alive today, he ________ (find) many things to puzzle and excite him, his first concern ________ (be) with the vast changes that have taken place in the concepts of space and time. 3. I propose, Mr. Chairman, that the meeting ________ (postpone) until next Thursday.

4. ________ I ________ (realize) what you intended, I should not have wasted my time trying to explain matters to you. 2. Translate the following sentences into Chinese:

1. Should you not wish our agent to call, please let us know. 2. If I were (was ) better qualifies, I would accept their offer. 3. Had you worked harder, you would have succeeded. 4. Without sunlight, animals and plants would soon die.

5. When we look at the sky at night, it seems as though all the stars were at the same distance. 6. Would it be all right if I came round at eight? 3. Reading comprehension Taxi riding 难度：B/C级

In a moment of personal crisis, how much help can you expect from a New York taxi driver? I began studying this question

after watching the “Taxicab Confessions (出租车实话告白/) ,” a series of documentaries (记录片)in which hidden cameras record the secrets of unsuspecting (不怀疑的)taxi riders. I found the results varied.

One morning I got into three different taxis and announced:” Well, it’s my first day back in New York in seven years. I’ve been in prison.” Not a single driver relied, so I tried again. ”Yeah, I shot a man in Reno,” I explained, hoping the drive would ask me why, so I could say casually,” Just to watch him die.” But nobody asked. The only response came from a Ghanaian driver: “ Reno? That is in Nevada?”

Taxi drivers were uniformly sympathetic when I said I’d just been fired. “ This is America,” a Haitian driver said. “ One door is closed. Another is open.” He argued against my plan to burn down my boss’s house:” If you do something silly and they put you away, you cannot look for anther job.” A Pakistani driver even turned down a chance to profit from my loss of hope: he refused to take me to the middle of the George Washington Bridge, a $20 trip. “Why you want to go there? Go home and relax. Don’t worry. Take a new job.”

One very hot weekday in July, While wearing a red ski mask and holding a stuffed pillowcase with the word “BANK” on it, I tried hailing a taxi five times out side different banks. The drive picked me up every time. My ride with Guy-Caaude Thevenain, a Haitian driver, was typical of the superb assistance I received. “Is anyone following us?”

“No,” said the driver, looking in his rearview mirror at traffic and me.

“Let’s go across the park,” I said.” I just robbed the bank there. I got $25,000.” “$25,000?” he asked.

“No, man. I work 8 hours and I don’t make almost $70. If I can do that, I do it too.” As we approached 86th and Lexington, I pointed the Chemical Bank.

“Hey, there’s another bank,” I said,” could you wait here a minute while I go inside?”

“No, I can’t wait, Pay me now.” His reluctance may have had something to do with money----taxi drivers think the rate for waiting time is too low---- but I think he wanted me to learn that even a bank robber can’t expect unconditional support. 练习：

1. From the Ghanaian driver’s response, we can infer that A) he was indifferent to the killing B) he was afraid of the author C) he looked down upon the author D) he thought the author was crazy

2. Why did the Pakistani driver refuse to take the author to the middle of the George Washington Bridge? A) Because he didn’t want to help the author get over his career crisis. B) Because he wanted to go home his relax. C) Because it was far away from his home.

D) Because he suspected that the author was going to commit suicide.

3. What is the author’s interpretation of the driver’s reluctance” to wait outside the Chemical bank”? A) The driver thought that the rate for waiting time was too low. B) The driver thought it wrong to support a taxi rider unconditionally. C) The driver was frightened and wanted to leave him as soon as possible. D) The driver wanted to go home and relax.

4. Which of the following statements is true about New York taxi drivers? A) They are ready to help you do whatever you want to. B) They refuse to pock up those who would kill themselves. C) They are sympathetic with those who are out of work. D) They work only for money.

5. What does the passage mainly discuss? A) How to make taxi riders comfortable B) How to deal with taxi riders.

C) The attitudes of taxi towards the taxi riders having personal cries. D) The attitudes of taxi drivers towards violent criminals.

参考答案：

1. Fill in the blanks with the given verbs in the proper subjunctive mood and translate the sentences into Chinese. 1. would be, would be, would see

如果没有尘土的话，就或者会有对我们有害的强烈的阳光，或者会有一个黑色的阴影，在这个阴影中我们什么也看不见。 2. would find, would be

如果牛顿今天还活着的话，他将发现很多让他吃惊又困惑的事情。他首先关注的将会是在时间和空间概念上发生的巨大的变化。 3. be postponed

主席先生，我建议把会议推迟到下周四。 4. had, realized

如果我当时意识到的你的目的的话，我就不会浪费时间来给你解释了。 2. Translate the following sentences into Chinese: 1.如果你不需要我们代理给你打电话，请让我们知道。 2.如果我能更好地胜任的话，我就申请那份工作了。 3.如果你当时工作更努力的话，你早就成功了。 4.如果没有阳光，动植物就会很快死亡。

5.我们晚上看天空时，看起来似乎所有的星星都处于离我们同样的距离。 6. 如果我在八点左右来可以吗? 3. Reading comprehension

1. A。 分析：利用题干中的核心结构Ghanaian driver’s response,作为答案线索，注意该题考察考生的推断能力。

One morning I got into three different taxis and announced:” Well, it’s my first day back in New York in seven years. I’ve been in prison.” Not a single driver relied, so I tried again. ”Yeah, I shot a man in Reno,” I explained, hoping the drive would ask me why, so I could say casually,” Just to watch him die.” But nobody asked. The only response came from a Ghanaian driver: “ Reno? That is in Nevada?”(对比前文内容判断Ghanaian driver相对前文中的司机显得很平静，因此判断答案为A。)

2. D。 分析：利用题干中的核心结构Pakistani driver和the middle of the George Washington Bridge作为答案线索，这样发现答案相关句：

A Pakistani driver even turned down a chance to profit from my loss of hope: he refused to take me to the middle of the George Washington Bridge, a $20 trip. “Why you want to go there? Go home and relax . Don’t worry. Take a new job.” 3. B。 分析：利用题干中的核心结构Chemical bank作为答案线索，这样发现答案相关句：

“Hey, there’s another bank,” I said,” could you wait here a minute while I go inside?”

“No, I can’t wait, Pay me now.” His reluctance may have had something to do with money----taxi drivers think the rate for waiting time is too low---- but I think (对应题干中的interpretation，确认该句就是答案的中心)he wanted me to learn that even a bank robber can’t expect unconditional support.

4. C。 分析：利用题干中的核心结构New York taxi drivers作为答案线索，这样发现答案相关句：(在文章开头) In a moment of personal crisis, how much help can you expect from a New York taxi driver?

再根据解答前面的问题所获得的对全文部分内容的把握，对备选项进行一一分析，筛选，最终确认答案为C。其实文章中第3段第1句话：Taxi drivers were uniformly (一律地)sympathetic when I said I’d just been fired.已经明确的点明了该题的答案。 5. C。对被选项进行分析(该题问及文章的中心，对于这样的题注意利用排除法解答问题。)，判断答案为C。 A How to make taxi riders comfortable(“comfortable”或其近义词的使用在文章并没有看见)

B How to deal with taxi riders.(借助解答前面的题判断文章重要是在讨论纽约出租汽车司机的对作者设置的各种情景的反应问题，因此判断该项不是答案)

C The attitudes of taxi towards the taxi riders having personal cries.

D The attitudes of taxi drivers towards violent criminals.(violent criminals只是汽车司机提到的一个例子，因此不是中心) 英语否定结构与倒装结构 相关背景知识介绍

在英语阅读中我们有时会遇到一些特殊的结构，比如：

1.Young as he was, he faced(面对) the difficult situation(情况) calmly(平静地). Although he was young, he faced the difficult situation calmly.

2.Very seldom will you find that two clocks or watches exactly(正好， 精确地) agree(一致). You will seldom find that two clocks or watches exactly agree.

3. He failed to pass the examination in the end(最终). 4. We can't be too careful in driving.

(from Will we take vacations in space? 2004年版A级)

After all, you can’t be too prepared for a trip to that galaxy (星系)far, far away. /我们为去往遥远的星系的旅行作的准备越充分越好 l 倒装(inversion)

英语中,通常是主语在谓语动词的前面, 是“主语+谓语”结构，这叫陈述语序，也称为正常语序,(normal order), 如果将谓语的全部或一部分放在主语之前, 就称为倒装语序(inverted order)。有的倒装语序把整个谓语动词放在主语之前, 称为完全倒装，有的只是谓语动词的一部分(通常是助动词,情态动词,系动词be或谓语的一部分)放在主语之前, 称为部分倒装.例如: 正常语序 Her student stood by her side. 倒装语序 By her side stood her student.

正常语序 We have rarely found him in such a good mood. 倒装语序 Rarely have we found him in such a good mood. 一、全部倒装

1.There be句型是一种全部倒装句，如：

There are over a hundred elements (元素)in the world.

有时为了生动地描写事物，其它一些表示存在意义的不及物动词也可用于此句型。这些动词有：exist, stand, live, remain, appear, come, happen, occur, rise等, 如：

There stands (站立)a monument(纪念碑) at the center of (在...的中心)the square.广场中心立着一块纪念碑。 There exist (存在)different opinions (意见)on this question.在这个问题上存在不同意见。

2.以here, there, now, then, thus等引导的句子，习惯上主谓语全部倒装，其谓语动词通常是不带助动词或情态动词的不及物动词。例：

Here is a ticket for you. 这里有你一张票。 comp: A ticket is here for you.

Now comes your turn(机会).现在该论到你了。 Comp: Your turn comes now.

Thus ended the lecture(演讲).这样演讲便结束了。 The lecture thus ended.

3.表示方向、地点的状语置于句首，而谓语又是表示运动的动词或表示存在的动词时，句子的主、谓语通常全部倒装。 Down came the bird. Comp: The bird came down.

On a hill in front of them stood a great castle(城堡).在他们面前的山上，耸立着一座巨大的城堡。 Comp: A great castle stood on a hill in front of them. Away went a car like a flash(闪电). Comp: A car went away like a flash.

这种表示方向、地点的词或词组有：up, down, away, in, out, off等。 注意：主语是人称代词时一般不能倒装。如： Away they went.它来了。他们走了。

4.有时表语前置或分词前置也构成全部倒装。例：

Happy indeed(确实) are the young people of today.今天的年轻人实在幸福。